Author: admin

  • The Lumper

    For those not familiar with some of the trucking terms, a ‘lumper’ is a gut that is hired, usually for just one job, to help unload a large semi-trailer.  Some of the guys are homeless and want money for a meal  and others do it for a living.  Being an over-the-road, or OTR, driver, I have met many in my time.

    My name is Mark Rivers.  I am a thirty-one year old trucker that drives as an independent, owning his own rig and contracting out to companies.  Being independent, if I decide to have someone ride with me, in case of an accident they are covered by my insurance and not the company I an contracted to.

    It was nearing dusk one Friday evening when I saw this young kid on the shoulder of the road, thumbing a ride. As I started checking him out, I began slowing down, noticing that he looked under twenty with only one bag laying at his feet.  Deciding to take a chance I pulled to the side and stopped, waiting for him to jog up to the cab.

    “Where ya’ headed?” I asked.

    “Anywhere,” he replied, “Just as far away from here as possible.”

    “You not running from the law, are ya?

    “No sir, just my dad,” he replied.

    “Well, in that case, I have one more question for you,” I said. “Just how old are you?”

    Without hesitation he pulled out his wallet and showed me his drivers license.  As I looked it over, verifying it was him, and that he was at least eighteen, he asked, “Satisfied?”

    “Yea, Greg, I am.  I just had top make sure you were of legal age.  You could still claim you were kidnapped but at least you are not underage.”

    “Well, you know my name and age, what’s yours?”

    “I’m Mark, and I’m thirty-one. It’s nice to meet you,” I replied, extending my hand.

    As he shook it he said, “I’m sorry if I sound like an ass.  My dad and I had a big blowout and he kicked me out, and said he never wanted to see me again.  I just want to get as far away from the asshole as I can.”

    “Well, then, let’s get this thing rolling,” I replied, putting it in gear and slowly gaining speed.

    We were just outside of Knoxville when I said I was headed to Denver for one drop then to San Francisco to drop the remainder, but was planning on stopping up ahead for dinner and possibly stay the night.

    I looked outside at the darkening clouds and then at Greg and said,
    “I was thinking of stopping up ahead for the night, and with the weather looking like it might storm, your welcome to stay here in the sleeper with me.”

    After looking back into the sleeper, he returned to look at me and said, “I only see one bed back there.”

    “Well, I see there is nothing wrong with your vision,” I replied, sarcastically, before adding, “but  it’s big enough for two.”

     

    Greg just glared at me for a moment before I said, “The choice is yours.  You can share the bed with me or sleep on the hard cold floor. What’s it gonna be?”

    “The bed, I guess,” he finally said defiantly.

    “I’m stopping up ahead for dinner.  You got any money?”

    “Yes, sir, I do.  I’ve been saving up from doing odd jobs.”

    “Okay, then, but you can stop calling me ‘sir’.  Instead of ‘yes sir,’ you can just ‘yes’ or ‘yes, Mark’.  Deal?”

    “Deal,” he replied with a slight mile.

    “What kind of odd jobs have you been doing?” I asked, trying to find some common ground for conversation.

    “Doing what ever I could.  I have worked in fast food joints, convenience stores and the last job paid the best, though.  I was clean-up man for a large construction company.  All day long, I picked up scraps and kept the construction area as clean as possible.”  

    “Were you saving any?” I asked.

    “In other words, are you asking if my dad took it from me?”

    “Yea, I guess I am,” I replied.  “From the little ou said about him, he sounds like a real asshole.”

    “Oh, he is, with a capitol ‘A’.  He had no idea how much I was really making,” he said, or he would have forced me to give him all of it.”

    “How much were you making?” I asked.

    “Ninety a day for doing clean up and if I went out to get their lunch I usually got to keep the change.  I got the tips daily and the boss paid me cash every Friday.”

    “Not bad,” I told him.  “How much did your dad think you got paid?”

    “I would hide it before he got home and he would make me empty my pockets and I never had more than about fifteen dollars on me.”

    “Very smart , if he made you empty your pockets,” I said.

    We pulled into the truck stop and said I was going to shower before eating and asked if he wanted a shower also.

    “Do they let anyone go in and shower?” he asked.

    “No, just drivers and their helpers.  As far as they are concerned you are my lumper.”

    “What the fuck is that?” he asked.

    “A guy that assist the driver in loading or possibly unloading,” I replied.

    “Well,” Greg said with a laugh, “I’ve been called a lot worse before.”

    We went in and signed in at the shower desk, and were given keys to lockers for our belongings. We were given keys to lockers next to each other and directed to the locker room.

    Once inside we found that from the locker area, you entered one large room with several shower heads along the wall and no partitions separating the individual showers.  

    That was fine with me because even though Greg was only eighteen, his work had undoubtedly bulked him up giving him a nice hot muscular physique which I so wanted to see totally nude.  I had no idea how Greg would feel about being nude with another male.

    We casually undressed and put our things in the lockers and slipped the elastic band with the key around our wrist.  Inside were racks with washcloths and towels for our use.  

    Taking showers side by side, I noticed Greg glance over at two other drivers a few times as they showered then glancing at my nude body a few times very casually.

    As I admired Greg’s hot body, I noticed the small amount of hair surrounding his nipples on his muscular pecs and the trail of hair leading down his stomach to a thick mat of hair above his cock. His cock was cut and I judged it to be close to seven inches long when soft.  I desperately wanted to see it hard to find out if it grew any .

    The other two drivers finished and left, leaving just Greg and I in the showers.  Once we were alone, I complimented him on his physique and he confessed that a friend of his was the assistant manager at a gym and let him in free to work out.  Looking him over with him watching me, I said, “Well, it certainly paid off.”

    “You’re built pretty good, yourself,” he said to me.

    “Well, I’ll gladly take that compliment since most of the time I’m sitting on my ass behind the wheel.” I replied.

    Then the shocker came when he looked at my ass and said, “I don’t see anything wrong with that ass.”

    I immediately wondered exactly how he meant that statement.  I figured time would tell.

    We went in and ate dinner, then returned to the rig, popping in an action movie into the player. I had closed the privacy shades around the windows  and said I was going to get comfortable.  I stripped to my briefs, which I seldom wore, and propped up on the bed to watch the movie.  After a few moments he did the same.

    Half way through the movie we decided to get some sleep and after pulling back the covers, I suggested he get in first and he asked why.

    “It’s just for safety sake. In case of an emergency, I need to be able to get out and behind the wheel as quickly as possible.”  He said he understood and slipped into bed next to the back wall.

    We were both restless that night, and I wondered if it was just because we were sleeping in bed with someone else which I was not used to doing unless it was another man after some hot sex.  I assumed Greg was used to sleeping alone also.  Added to this, I was also used to sleeping totally nude.

    The next morning we had breakfast then hit the road and as we drove, I asked, “How’d you sleep last night?”

    “Well, I’ve had better nights,” he replied.

    “Yea, so have I,” I said in agreement.  

    Then after a few moments, I glanced over at him and asked if I could speak openly ad honestly, yet I was not going to tell him certain personal facts.  He said to say whatever I wanted.

    “I’m not sure about you, but I’m fairly sure I know the reason I didn’t sleep as well as I normally do?”

    “And why is that?” he asked.

    “Greg, I’m not sure how you will take this, but I normally sleep totally nude.”

    When he started laughing, I looked over and asked, “What’s so fucking funny?”

    “Mark, it’s not you, I promise. It’s just that I didn’t sleep well for the same fucking reason.  I have slept nude since I was ten.”

    “Well, that makes me want to ask a question.  Since we have seen each other nude when we showered together,  would you object if we shared the bed with both of us being nude?”

    “I’m game,” he said, then asked, “Do you just sleep nude or do you stay nude whenever you’re alone in the sleeper?”

    “Usually after a shower and dinner, I come back to the rig and get comfortable and that means nude.  Does that offend you?”

    “Fuck no,” he replied. “When dad would go off on his drunken binges for two or three days, I’d stay nude at home.  I just like the freedom.”

    “Same here,” I replied, then added,  “Hell, since we’re being open, at times when I drive at night, I have driven nude.  That is one awesome feeling, with the windows down and the air blowing through.”

    “It sounds like it,” he replied.

    For the rest of the day we talked about things in general, and as we did, I began to look at Greg as a friend, and later I looked over and told him that I was now totally comfortable with him being with me and I considered him a friend.  Smiling, he said he felt the same way.

    Then after a few minutes, we approached a rest area, ad I pulled in saying I needed to take a leak.  Together, we climbed down and went in, casually watching each other piss.

    Then, upon returning to the rig, I hesitated putting it in gear and turned to him and asked, “Greg, since you have no definite plans, how would you like to work for me?”

    “Doing what?” he asked.

    “Being my lumper.  You will help with the loading and unloading when necessary, but there are times when the place we will deliver to has their own crew to load and unload.  In that case we sit on our ass here in the cab.” 

    “I think I’d like that,” he replied.  “I’ll have a safe place to sleep and meals will be available, so just pay me what you think is fair.”

    “Deal,” I said, extending my had to shake his.  We shook hands before pulling back onto the road.

    That evening we stopped and after another shower, where we again checked out each others equipment but never said anything.  Then went to dinner before walking a block down the road to a theater for a movie.  Upon returning to the truck, we closed the privacy curtains then, without any hesitation we stripped and climbed into bed.

    During the night I awoke and found Greg on his left side facing me.  I was on my back and he had his right hand wrapped around my chest.  My cock immediately began to grow  and was rock hard when I drifted off back to sleep.

    The next morning after we had breakfast and got on the road, I asked how he slept.  “Man, so much better.  How about you?”

    “Much better, but I have a question,” I said.

    “Ask away,” he replied.

    “Greg, are you used to sleeping with another person?”

    “What makes you ask that?”

    “Well, last night I woke up for just a minute and you were on your side up against me with your right arm around my chest, almost like you were used to it.”

    “Mark, I’m sorry if it woke you.  I had no idea that I did it.”

    “Buddy, I didn’t mind.  I just wasn’t expecting it, but to be honest, I kind of liked it.”

    “Mark, if we’re going to be together twenty-four/seven, there is something I think you should know,” he said before taking a deep breath.

    Then, turning in the seat to partially face me he began and said, “The reason my dad kicked me out of the house was because he found out I was selling my body to men on the street.  I was a male prostitute.  For the right price l would provide oral service, give them my ass, or what ever else they wanted.”

    As he looked at me, I said,  “Do you know how dangerous that is?”

    “Yes, but I liked the money and to be honest I also liked what I was doing.  If you want me gone, pull over and I’ll be out of your life.”

    “Don’t be ridiculous.  That was all before I knew you. That is past history.  From here on, we start a new life together here in this rig.”

    Looking at me he said, “You really don’t care do you?”

    “Nope,” I said quickly.

    Looking at me for a short moment, he finally said, “If I didn’t think you would hit me, I’d kiss you right now.”

    “Uh, not now.  I’m driving,” I said jokingly, secretly planning on holding him to that idea.

    We continued on down the road, our conversations much more relaxed now.  I assumed that it was due to Greg finally getting everything out in the open, and that I didn’t hold it against him.

    We stopped for the day and after our usual shower, where I got another look at the cock I was hoping to suck later, and dinner, we returned to the rig.  After climbing in, I started closing the privacy curtains, when Greg asked, “Why so early? It’s still daylight.”

    In silence I finished closing them, then turned and stepped up in front of him and said, “May I have that kiss now?”

    “What?  Are you serious?” he asked.

    “You offered it, now I’m ready to accept it, unless you were lying about wanting to do it.”

    He looked into my eyes for a moment and finally started leaning toward me very slowly.  In turn, I started toward him, grasping his shoulders and before he could react, I pulled him to me and wrapping my arms around him pressed my lips to his and offered my tongue.

    Stunned, he froze for a moment before relaxing and eagerly kissing me back  our tongues, eagerly and hungrily, explored each others mouth for several moments, before we slowly parted.

    As he looked into my face he said, “It’s evident that that wasn’t your first time.”

    Looking into his eyes, I said, “No, it wasn’t, and I have been wanting to do that since the moment you climbed up into my truck.”

    “What?  Are you serious?”

    “Let’s get undressed and into bed and I’ll show you who I really am,” I told him, immediately starting to remove my clothes.  After a slight hesitation, he began removing his.  Moments later we stood facing each other, both totally nude and both our cocks steadily rising to the occasion.

    I leaned forward and bent over and began to gently suck on his left nipple.  He began moaning softly and after a short while I moved to the right nipple.  From there, I slowly licked my way down his chest and stomach, as I slowly lowered my body.  

    Soon, I was on my knees and his hard beautiful cock directly in front of my face, my hands resting on his ass cheeks.  Leaning forward, I opened my mouth and ever so slowly began to swallow his rock hard fantastic cock.  As I closed my lips and began sucking him, he moaned softly then said, “Fuck, I think I’ve gone to  heaven.”

    I continued sucking his cock, taking my time.  I knew that eventually I would get what I so desperately wanted.  At one point, I paused and gently sucked his balls into my mouth and after massaging them with my tongue, I returned to sucking his cock.

    Several moments passed and I could tell his breathing was slowly growing faster, signaling his impending climax.  After a moment it called out, “Oh, fuck, Mark, make me cum.  I can’t stand it any longer.”

    I began working for his load more energetically and moments later, he stifled a cry, as his cock exploded sending several huge copious  amounts of cum into my mouth and down my throat.  As he whimpered, I lovingly milked out every drop of his nectar, before swallowing the entire load I had been fed.

    As I pulled off, he pulled me to a standing position and kissed me passionately and wildly before quickly dropping to his knees and swallowing my hard throbbing cock.  Having this hot young handsome muscular stud sucking my tool, I quickly approached my climax and began feeding him three days of built up cum.

    Eagerly and expertly, he devoured every drop of the load I had produced, before standing up and kissing me again.

    After the kiss, he pulled back and looked into my eyes and said, “Now I understand why you weren’t upset when I told you I was a male prostitute.”

    “Greg, first off, I don’t ever want to hear you use the term ‘prostitute’ or ‘male whore’ again.  Is that totally clear?”

    “”Yes, it is,” he replied softly.

    “Secondly, I have been driving myself crazy, before you told me what you had been doing, to find a way to do what I did.  I started trying to figure out a way the minute you climbed into the rig.”

    “So now, we can show our affection anytime we are alone?” he asked.

    “Once those curtains are closed, we can do whatever we want.”

    He led me to the bed nd after laying down, we kissed and made out a few minutes, before he asked, “Mark, when and how did you get started with men?”

    “I was eighteen and had just finished boot camp for the Marines, and my drill sergeant and I had become somewhat friends.  For some reason he seemed to favor me.  Anyway, we got leave and he asked if I would like to go to town with him and share the expense of a room.  I agreed and to town we went, checking into a cheap ‘by  the hour’ motel.

    “He grabbed our bags and headed up to the room to drop them off, telling me he’d be right back.  We went out  and had a few beers, dinner, and returned to the room.  Next thing I knew he was totally naked saying he slept that way.  I looked around and realized that there was only one bed. I undressed also and we went to bed.  Before I knew it he was almost on top of me kissing me passionately, saying he had been wanting to get me in bed.”

    “Surprisingly, I found that I was enjoying his kisses and him playing with my stiffening cock.  I realized that I had never been that turned on when I dated in high school.  Soon he was suckling me off and I loved it.  After he at my load, he told me to do him.  I had become curious and went down and sucked him off.  When he shot in my mouth, I was stunned but did as he had done and swallowed it.  I realized I had liked what we had done.”
    “Did it continue?” Greg asked.

    “All weekend. By the time we returned to base on Monday to prepare to be shipped out, I was loving having a cock in my mouth and ass. I was positive that I would probably never again fuck a pussy.”

    “Did you?”

    “Yes,” I replied with a smile, “just once.  I was with a bunch of guys and we all picked up a date and went to our room.  The only way I got a boner was looking at the other guys cocks.  I fucked the girl I was with, but didn’t enjoy it.  I climaxed only by thinking about sucking the other guys.”

    “I played while in the service but very cautiously, and when I got out I started driving a truck, after a trucker gave me a ride and we had sex.  He said there were guys all over the road that liked male sex and he never went a day without it.  I went to driving school and hit the road and I found that he was right.  I think I’ve had sex with another male in every state except Alaska and Hawaii.”

    “What about you?  How did you start?” I asked.

    “I was out with a bud of mine that I didn’t know was selling his body.  We were walking along the street when a car pulled up and I noticed Jay get real nervous.  The passenger window came down and the guy called Jay’s name, asking if he was available or looking for a three way.  Jay told him to fuck off and we continued walking and the guy called out that he would put the word out to avoid sex with Jay.”

    He took a deep breath, then continued saying, “When the guy drove off, I asked Jay what the guy meant.  He confessed and told me everything about what he did with another guy, how much money he made and how he judged if a guy could be trusted or not.  Being curious, I asked what it was like to have sex with another male.  He offered to show mw and since my dad was out on a drunken stuper, we went to my place and had sex.”

    “And you decided to do the same thing?” I asked.

    “Not immediately.  He and I had sex for about a month, both oral and anal.  I soon found that I was into it and enjoying it.  The first night I was out, I made two hundred dollars in four hours when two guys picked me up and shared me in their motel room.  I was ‘spit-roasted’ and loved it.  I started going out often.”

    Looking at him I said, “I have two questions.  First, I’m into men totally but what is ‘spit-roasted’ ?”

    “It when you have one guys cock in your mouth at the same time you have another guys cock in your ass.  Your sucking and getting fucked at the same time.”

    “Hell, I’ve done that but didn’t know what it was called,” I said.  :Now for my second question.  Not that it matters, but exactly how much cash do you have with you?”

    “Right around four hundred, give or take a little.”

    “Hand it over.  You don’t need to carry that much cash around.”

    Reluctantly, he handed me his cash and after giving him fifty back, I opened a cabinet door and turned the knob on my safe.  Once it was open, I placed the balance inside and said, “Any time you want some, tell me and you’ll get it.  You just don’t need to carry it around.”

    “You really care about others, don’t you?”

    “Yes, I do, especially my close friends,” I replied.

    He looked at, came closer and we kissed.  After the kiss, he asked, “You want another round?”

    “Stud, as it stands right now, we have plenty of time to discover each other.  Let’s not rush it.”

    “That’s fine,” he replied,  adding, “You’re the boss,” with a sly smile on his face.

    We kissed again before I said, “Let’s get some sleep.”

    We slipped into bed but this time, I hed out my right arm and as he cuddled up next to me I closed it, wrapping it around him and pulled him closer to me, as he rubbed my chest, playing with my nipples.  After several moments, he was sleeping soundly and I was wondering how I managed to have someone as awesome as he enter my life.

    Bright and early the next morning, I awoke to find him gently sucking my cock.  “Baby, what a way to wake up,” I said.

    “Well, I was ready for breakfast,” he replied.

    “So am I,” I answered back as I flipped around into our first sixty-nine.  Moments later we eagerly fed each other., dressed and went into the restaurant for a regular, but not as tasty, meal.

    After being on the road for about an hour, Greg slipped back into the sleeper and when he returned, he was totally nude.  As he took his seat, and put the window down, I looked over and asked, “What the fuck!”

    “I just wanted to see what it is like to ride down the road bare ass naked with the fresh air blowing around me.”

    I just laughed and said, “Man, you’re something else.”

    “I just like to experience new things,” he replied. Then, after passing several autos and a couple of semi’s,  he spoke up saying, “I wonder what the other drivers know I was nude?”

    “Well, the other truckers probably wouldn’t think much of it, but if the four-wheelers saw you they would probably wreck or report you to the cops.”

    We had a good laugh together, and seeing his muscular nude body sitting just a sort distance away, I began getting turned on.  Finally, looking over at him I said, “Come and get it.”

    Immediately, he knelt next to my seat, and began extracting my cock from my pants.

    Once he had it out, he slowly and lovingly began sucking it as I moaned softly in sheer pleasure.  

    As he slowly sucked on my cock, I began to overtake another trucker.  Moving to the left hand passing lane, I warned Greg he was getting a wish, by saying, “You’re getting what you wanted.  We’re about to pass another rig, and if he looks over he’s going to see you sucking my cock.”

    Pausing, he said, “Let me know his reaction.”

    I steadily but slowly eased by the other rig, noticing the driver glance over casually, then do a double take.  A large smile spread across his face with him giving me a thumbs up, before pointing toward Greg, then pointing down to his crotch.  

    I quickly told Greg what was transpiring and asked him if he wanted to blow the driver.  Pausing, he turned to see the other driver smile then point to his crotch again.  Greg shook his head affirmatively and immediately the driver grabbed the mic to his CB and said, “Follow me.”

    I slipped in behind the other rig and soon we were pulling into a small picnic area along the highway with no restrooms.  As we pulled in, I grabbed my mic and said, “Come on over when your stopped.”

    Moments later, the other driver was climbing into the passenger seat, his pants already unzipped.  He sat down, and turning his back to the corner, he pulled out his rock hard cock.  As Greg began to fondle it, he looked at me and smiled, and asked, “He’s too young to be your co-driver, so where did you find him?” 

    Greg swallowed the drivers cock as I replied with, “He’s my lumper.”

    “Mother fuck!” the driver exclaimed.  “You get his help in more ways than one.”

    I watched as Greg energetically sucked the hot driver to a roaring climax.  Once Greg had the entire load in his mouth, he pulled off the drivers cock and smiled as he swallowed the entire load.

    “Fuck it, man, you are one lucky son-of-a-bitch, to have him with you and servicing you daily.  I wish I could find a guy like him,” he said as he put his shrinking cock away.

    Then as he climbed down he looked back at us and said, “Thanks for stopping.  I sure needed that.  You be safe out there.”

    As we watched the driver walk back to his rig, I asked, “Well, how was it?”

    “First off, how old do you think he was?” Greg asked.  

    “I’m not sure, but lets find out.”  Calling out on the CB I asked, “he wants to know how old you are?”

    “I’ll be fifty in a couple of weeks, why?”

    Taking the mic from me, greg said, “You damn sure didn’t perform like it.  Thanks.”

    Looking at me he said, “Mark, I’ve had other guys his age and none ever had a load that huge or thick.  He was shooting like a guy in his twenties.”

    “Damn, and you didn’t share.”

    “I promise I will next time,” he replied.

    We continued on and after stopping for the night, we went in and showered, finding just one other driver there.

    From his reaction when we walked in and the fact that he had a boner, Greg didn’t hesitate in asking, “Did we interrupt anything?”

    “Uh, no, not at all,” the hot young driver relied.

    “Well, it looks like we did,” Greg replied.  “And if we did, then after we eat, maybe you can join us in our rig and we can assist in whatever you were doing.” 

    “I just might.  I’ll be watching to see which rig you get into.”

    He left and once we were alone, Greg looked at me an d said, “I saw the way you were looking at him.  If he shows up, he’s all yours.  I’ve already had a strange one today.”

    We showered and headed to the café for dinner.  As we paid our bill we noticed the hot driver standing near the exit.  As we left, he smiled and asked, “Does that offer still stand?”

    “Sure does,” Greg replied.  “Let’s go get started.”

    The three of us headed for the rig and once inside and the privacy curtains secured, Greg said, “Let’s get comfortable,” and started stripping.

    “I’m Clay, and I’m wondering if he is joining in or just watching?” the driver said.

    “Well, I’m Greg and he is Mark, and honestly, I was hoping to watch you and him.”

    Clay smiled and said, “Whatever,” and immediately joined Greg and I in undressing.  Moments later, the three of us were totally nude, our cocks all hard as stone.

    Greg and I were standing near each other and Clay was a foot or so away.  To our shocked surprise and pleasure, he stepped up to us and immediately started kissing me then after a moment turned and began tongue kissing Greg.  Both of us eagerly returned the kiss.

    Without hesitation, Clay dropped to his knees and began alternating between our cocks deep-throating both of them.

    I looked at Greg, smiled, and whispered, “Fucking awesome.”

    Soon we were all in bed with Greg and I alternating sucking Clay’s beautiful cock.  After asking if we were in a hurry, I immediately said no and that we had all night to play.

    Before Clay left our rig the next morning, he had sucked us both dry, we had each sucked a load out of him and both had fucked his hot tight ass.  But what I had enjoyed watching was him fuck Greg’s hot beautiful ass, as he and Greg sucked my cock.

    He left just at daybreak, thanking us for an awesome night.  As we said our farewells, I looked at him and asked, “Does your wife know anything?”

    Shocked, he looked at me and asked, “What are you talking about?”

    Taking his left hand, I pointed out the slightly whiter band around his ring finger.

    With a guilty look on his face, he said, “No, what I do on the road is none of her business.  When I’m home we have awesome sex and she is completely satisfied.”

    We bid each other farewell, and as he walked to his rig, we headed in for breakfast.

    As we ate, I looked at Greg and said, “We were running early, so after we eat, let’s head back to the truck and get some sleep.  We can get back on the road tomorrow morning.”

    “Sounds good to me,” Greg replied.

    We returned top the rig and after stripping, slipped into bed and were both soon asleep.  Sometime in  the afternoon, I awoke to find Greg missing.  I quickly dressed and went to the café to see if he was there.  When I didn’t find him I began a search around the parking lot, trying to act casual.

    After about  fifteen minutes, I spotted him exiting another rig there in the lot.  As he walked up to me, I looked him in the eyes and said, “Man, you had me worried sick, wondering if something g happened to you.  When did you leave the truck?”

    “About an hour ago,” he said.  “I was out just walking around and this driver struck up conversation and asked if I was ‘working’.  When I told him ‘no’, he asked what I was up to.  Told him I was a lumper for another driver that was sleeping.  He invited me to his rig for a cola and he made a pass at me and we had sex.   All he wanted to do was blow me.”

    “Greg, if you want to leave the truck again like that just let me know.  I was so afraid something had happened to you.”

    “You really care, don’t you?”

    “Maybe I shouldn’t since we haven’t known each other that long, but I do.  I can’t help it.”

    Once we were back in the truck and in private, he stepped up to me and hugged me, then kissed me  after which he said, “I had no idea what it was like to have someone care about me, but now that I do I love the feeling.”

    He agreed to let me know when he left so I wouldn’t worry and I promised not to keep him from being himself.

    We later ate dinner and again went to bed, cuddled together.  Then, the next morning he shocked me by asking, “I know you’re not old enough to be my father, but would you mind if I call you dad?”

    “Are you serious?” I asked.

    “Very.  I look up to you like a son would to his dad if they had feelings for each other.”

    “Then I guess it’s dad I’ll be.”

    After a gentle loving kiss, he smiled and said, “Thanks, dad.”

    “No! Thank you, son,” I replied.

    I busied myself, trying to hide the tears welling up in my eyes.  Soon, we were on the road again, and I estimated that we would be in Denver sometime late that afternoon.

    We later stopped for lunch and before heading back to the rig, Greg wanted to make a stop in the store area.  I was looking around when I suddenly heard, “Hey, dad, you want something to snack on?”

    It caught me off guard and I almost didn’t answer, then suddenly realized he was talking to me.  I called back and told him what I wanted and as we walked out to the truck, I said, “At first, I didn’t realize that you were talking to me, but I have to admit that it did sound nice.”

    “Well, get used to it, because I doubt you will hear me call you Mark again.”

    “That’s cool with me,” I replied.

    We arrived in Denver too late to unload so we went to a nearby truck stop and after parking decided to get a room at the motel next door.  It was just at dusk when we checked in and as we were walking to our room, we passed a few rooms where the occupants were laying in bed watching TV totally nude.

    As we reached our room, another trucker was walking toward us and I stopped him and asked, “Hey, man, what’s with these guys laying in bed naked and with the drapes open?”

    Smiling, he said, “You must be new here.  If a guy is naked and his drapes are open, he is letting others know he is available for sex.  Just wait until later.  Most of the drapes will be open.”

    “Well, how do you know what they are interested in?” I asked.

    “It’s pretty simple.  If they have a straw in their mouth the want to have oral.  If they play with their ass, they want anal, and if they are doing neither, they are open for whatever the other person wants.”

    “Will your drapes be open?” Greg asked.

    “My co-driver and I are in room five.  Pass by and find out.”  With that, he smiled and turned and left us standing there in awe.

    “Can you fucking believe this shit?” I asked.

    “Well, it could prove very interesting,” Greg replied. 

    We dropped our bags, and showered then went to the café for dinner.  As we headed back to our room, Greg spoke up and said, “Let’s go by room five and see what’s up.”

    “Lead the way, “ I said.

    We passed the window of the room and glanced inside.  There on the bed was the hot trucker we had spoken with and another guy slightly younger but equally hot, both totally naked.  

    Just passed the window, Greg stopped and turned to me and said, “Let’s knock and see what develops.  I think a four way would be hot.”

    We turned around and knocked on the door.  Just a couple seconds later the door opened and we were invited in, and the drapes were immediately closed.

    The driver we had spoken with smiled and said, “I’m Tom and this is my co-driver and sisters husband, Ben. Who might you be?”

    “I’m Mark, and this is my stepson, Greg.  Nice to meet you both.”

    They looked at each other then at me and I knew what was going through their minds, and said, “Don’t worry, he’s legal.”

    “By how much?” Tom asked.

    Greg spoke up and said, “Three months.”

    “Nice,” Ben said, before Tom spoke up saying, “Make yourselves comfortable.”

    Greg and I immediately stripped and joined the two men on the bed.  Immediately, hot tongue kissing commenced between the four of us as well as groping.

    Almost immediately, Ben was down between Greg’s legs, slowly yet hungrily sucking his cock.  Then, as Greg began sucking Tom, I  asked, “So just how did you and your brother-in-law get started together?”

    “We were both drivers but drove alone.  We worked for the same company and were sent out together on a special run.  Having two drivers in a rig, we could cover twice the miles a day.  Well on our second night out, I thought he was sleeping and was in the truck stop about to begin my shift driving.  When I returned to the rig I found him sucking one trucker while another fucked him.  He had no idea I was into guys but when  he saw me swallow his cock he found out.  We have been team driving ever since.”

    “His wife is your sister, right?”  He answered yes and I asked if she knew anything about their activities.

    “She has no idea at all.  She just loves the fact that we are so close.”

    With that, I began sucking Ben as Tom started sucking me. Before long, all four of us climaxed and devoured the loads fed us.  Then, after some making out, Greg and I fucked the two men after which they fucked us.  Then before it was all over, the two men had us both feed them our piss.

    We half dressed and returned to our room where we quickly dropped off to sleep in each others arms.  Before making our delivery the next morning, we paid for another night, hoping to have as much fun as we had enjoyed the night before.

    Returning to our room that afternoon. We saw one hairy chested muscular driver by the pool and from the bulge in his Speedo, he had a monster cock.

    Greg decided to go out and start conversation with him and before it was over had given him our room number and invited him to drop by later if he was so inclined.

    We had barely returned to our room after dinner and had both stripped when there was a knock at the door. Without any hesitation, Greg answered the door and there stood the trucker.  After inviting him in, he said his name was Clint and smiled and asked if we minded if he got comfortable.  Of course, we both told him to get as comfortable as he wanted, and soon he was as naked as we were.

    Without any pause, he stepped up to us and kissed each of us before dropping and alternating sucking our hard cocks. After a while, he turned us around and eagerly began eating our asses, first one then the other.

    Eventually, he stopped and said, “May I ask a favor?”

    “Sure, anything,” I said.

    “Will you two jerk off and cum in my face, then scrape your loads into my mouth?”

    “Whatever you want, stud,” I replied.

    We started jerking as we took turns jerking our cocks. As we drew near our climax, we began tongue kissing each other, passionately as Clint began licking the precum off the tips of our cocks.  Moments later, we both climaxed, flooding Clint’s face with our cum loads.  As we creamed his face he moaned in pleasure opening his mouth.

    Once we were drained, we began gently scraping our cum into his mouth which he very eagerly ate and swallowed.  Then when we said we wanted his load he said if we took turns fist fucking him hw would produce an extra large load.

    He produced some lube and Greg was first to bury his fist in the studs ass, going in to his elbow and working it in and out.  After a while we switched and I took over going equally as deep and soon Clint said he was nearing his climax. 

    Seconds later, his cock began erupting sending huge pulsing loads of cum out onto his hairy stomach.  The cum load he produced was almost twice the combined cum we had produced. We eagerly began licking and sucking it up and from time to time fed some to him.

    Then, before he left he again sucked each of us dry again, before drinking our piss.

    The following morning we headed out, heading for San Francisco, and as we passed Clint’s room he exited his room wearing a Colorado state police uniform. Smiling, he said, “We all have our secrets, don’t we?”

    “Yes, we do,” I said to him and he wished us a safe trip after telling us he spends his days off at the motel.

    We headed on to San Francisco, planning on taking a few days off and going to San Diego, for some down time.

    By the time we reached our destination, we had done it all, together, and that not only included sucking and fucking each other but also rimming and drinking from each others tap.

    In San Diego, we hooked up with a couple of hot young Marines for an evening of fun.

    Then as we headed back to San Frisco to search for another load, I pulled into a rest area and asked, “Greg, have you ever been in love?”

    Looking over at me he smiled slightly and said, “Not until now.”

    I smiled and said, “I never thought it would happen to me but I have fallen head over heels in love with you.  Please, don’t ever leave me.”

    “I wouldn’t dream of it.  I love you more than life itself. I finally have a dad that I actually love.”

    I convinced Greg to let me teach him how to drive a rig, and once he was of age, he took his commercial test and passed with flying colors.  We have been partners now for eight years and are still in love as much as ever.

    Yes, we drive nude, blow which ever is driving, and get loads to Denver as often as possible. We have met with Clint several times. 

  • B’Day party fun

    After a family BBQ for a friend Sean’s 18th, everyone decided to hit the local nightclubs and celebrate more. Only being 17 I couldn’t join them and remained for drinks with a few other friends and family who stayed behind. It was around 1am when I decided too call a cab home, offering a lift to anyone that lived nearby. 

    Sean’s uncle Rick accepted the offer and we went out the front to wait for our cab. Having been out for a year at this point we spoke about how I was handling things etc before he told me he gave me his first hand advice. It came as a shock to me as he came across so straight. 

    Rick was a tall muscular man, chiseled jaw, ripped abs with a broze tan every women would be jealous of. As the conversation continued I began getting lost in his bright blue eyes. It was like now I know he’s gay, he’s now super hot. He wasn’t an old weird uncle, maybe 34 at the time. 

    As the conversation continued we began talking about sex and I told him I hadn’t yet done anything with a guy. He laughed for a few moments before grabbing me and kissing me, his soft warm lips pressed against mine, I couldn’t resist not kissing him back. “There you go first base” he said still laughing.

    As the taxi arrived he said “you determine what happens from here” in a deeply soft voice, before offering me to hop in first. I was a 20 minute drive and we sat opposite sides of the backseat talking to the driver. Around 5 minutes in he looks at me and taps the middle seat hinting for me too slide over. The next set of lights I couldn’t move fast enough, he wanted me, this was it, I had wanted to finally get this night out of the way and it was finally here.

    Adrenaline took over from here and I began rubbing his cock through his jeans, god how I wanted the trip to be over.

    Ricks place was the first stop on the trip, virtually pushing him out the car with excitement we stumbled our way to the front door where we made out again. Bursting through the front door like a swat team he picked me up against the way while still kissing me. My heart racing I began playing with his cock again. He led me to his room where things kicked of.

    His big strong hands guided my clothes off and found their way around my ass. He pulled me to my knees by my hips and I was face to face with his crouch. As his shirt came off I got lost in the lines and contours of his perfect 6 pack, his muscular chest and bulging arms. I slowly unbuttoned his jeans and as they fell to the ground his semi hard cock was right in my face.

    I slowly began to inhale his cock, sliding my tongue down the shaft and sucking the precum off his nob. As I started to suck him deeper and deeper he began to grow, his now fully hard enormous throbbing was too much for me. Doing my best too please him I said “I’m yours for the night Rick do what you want with me”. Those were the last words I spoke before he began throat fucking me, getting fast and faster I sucked and sucked until I felt his huge warm load begin to fill what little space was left in my mouth and slide down my throat. I sucked his cock clean, swallowing my first ever load.

    As he pulled me up by the arms he told me too relax, and can stop anytime. “I want you rick, show me what that cock can do”. His animalistic instincts kicked in and he threw me on the bed. As he rolled me on top of him and we began to make out he reached over and pumped himself a handful of lube. He started slowly rubbing my hole with one finger, getting it lubed up and ready. We played around for roughly 15 minutes, he was 2 fingers deep now and I whispered too him “I’m ready”. 

    He rolled me from my back onto my hands and knees, rubbing lube over his cock and more on my hole he pressed his fiat cock against e and began to push. Slowly his nob went in and I let out a moan. Just his nob felt an inch long! I reached back to play with him and he would have too be atleast 91/2 inch, but the thickness! Couldn’t put my hand around it and touch my fingers together.

    As we began to grind slowly his cock went in deeper and deeper. We took our time and before I knew it I could feel his balls pressed against mine. He was all the way in, all 9 1/2 of him. As he kissed me on the neck and rubbed my ass he got quicker, pulling more of his cock out and driving his throbbing shaft in deeper and harder each thrust. He pushed me down flat on the bed, we were in a rhythm now and going faster. I started to moan uncontrollably as he began to fuck me properly, slapping my ass, grabbing me by the hips he went full throttle! Within 30 seconds he’d made me cum more than I could ever imagine!

    When I stopped shaking and moan he pulled out, rolled onto his back and took me by the hips. He guided me over his still rock hard meat and pushed me down. “OMG ITS GOTTEN BIGGER” I let out in a loud scream as I beg and to grind and ride his rock. I could feel every inch of it inside me. I came 3 times before he rolled me over onto me back, pushed my legs against his sweaty hard chest and drove his cock deep in my ass, he looked me in the eyes and began too fuck me harder than ever! It would’ve been 5 minutes of uncontrollable moan, panting, cumming and pleasure before I felt his cock tense again and shoot another enormous load inside me.

    We cleaned up. Changed the sheets and jumped back into bed. I’d never slept so well in my entire life! I left early the next day to avoid the awkwardness and proceeded home. Later that day I received a message from an unsaved number “if you’re free after 4 you know where”. I’d given rick my number that night and didn’t even remember. Having had so much fun I couldn’t decline and went back for more. It evolved into a fun little arrangement for a few months till I began working away from our city.

  • Aaron

    When I was back home at about half past two, Aaron was already waiting for me sitting on the couch. He was not naked then but I could see he was hard. But the living room was sparklingly clean. He told me.

    -Since I had the keys you lent me, first I was shy to enter, but later I thought I would wait for you here and first I could tidy up some things. I can’t cook but I did the washing up you didn’t do last night and even had time to mop the kitchen and the living room and arranged some things. I saw your house is too big and did not continue because I wanted to wait here for you. Come close, you hot boy, and let us kiss first.

    I was hard as a rock seeing that hot boy again. I knew sooner or later he would dump me but I was happy as a clam at high tide to see him again. No sooner I sat, he kissed me so strongly that the kiss could have been enough to make me discover his feelings, but I did not see them then. And as he kissed me, he started to stroke my crotch, pulled down my zipper and took out my hard cock and started masturbating me at the time he took his dick out too and invited me to masturbate him too. And soon we were both jacking each other off.

    -We will do this with our clothes on before lunch and after we eat we can return here, strip and do everything again, for free today.

    -I’ve had no time to prepare lunch. I’ll have to rustle up something.

    -There’s no need for that if you like pizza. You see, Marty. I’ve had a very busy morning. After my interview with Thor, of which I will later talk to you, I went to a nearby pizza shop and I have even found a job as their pizza boy. I have to start tomorrow at eight in the evening and I will deliver pizzas. The money you gave me yesterday can be good for me to buy a bike to make it easier for me to deliver the pizzas. And after I was hired I even bought two big jumbo slice pizzas and even two Hawaiian-style pizzas so we could eat them at dinner.

    -Perfect, you hot boy. You’ve thought of everything.

    -Marty, may I cum now?

    -Ok, I will also cum.

    He returned to my lips and was kissing me till we shot two loads onto the now mopped floor.

    -Now, Marty, we can eat. But remember I am now the pizza boy. Let me heat them in the microwave.

    So I sat down and saw how he prepared the jumbo slice pizzas for I had told him I liked Hawaiian-style pizzas more and I would leave them for dinner. I asked about his interview with Thor again and he told me he would tell me when we were eating. When the pizzas were ready, he finally sat and we started to eat.

    -As I suspected –he started to tell me-, my interview with Thor had not been easy. After inviting him to a coffee, I started to tell him my story, what I told you yesterday I would tell him and I have not needed hikite after all. But I was in the mood to tell him the real version of what happened yesterday, Marty, for I don’t wanna live surrounded by lies anymore. So I even told him that I worked as your bitch yesterday and yes, I told him all the sex we had and the important fact that I slept with you last night. But there is more.

    -Tell me –I asked him.

    -Well, I suppose that my face was transparent in that moment for Thor suddenly asked me.

    -And you love that man, isn’t it, you faggot?

    -I love him deeply, I do.

    It was then me who asked, with a trembling voice and taking long to ask the question.

    -Aaron… Do… you… love me?

    -I do, Marty. When I was having my first coffee alone I was missing you so much that I could not help but see what was happening to me and it is true, Marty, I love you.

    -I don’t know when I fell in love with you, Aaron, but this morning in the bank, I saw that I had fallen head over heels in love with you. But what are we gonna do now? I am fourteen years older than you.

    -I don’t care about the age gap, Marty. So new my heart was yesterday that many feelings entered me till I knew you are the person I want to live with forever. Please tell me that we can try.

    -Ok. Oh, my God, Aaron. Love has made me cream my pants right now. I love you so much that I cannot tell you any other thing than ok, let’s live together if you never repent of living with this old man.

    -Your age is perfect –and for the first time, he said-, my love. I wanna share my life with you. When we return to the living room now and repeat everything we did yesterday, we will both know we are in love.

    -Perfect, my love –I also told him-, but as we finish lunch, end the story of your interview with Thor, please.

    -He didn’t like what I told him. He looked at me contemptuously and then shot some harsh words to me and told me I was a faggot and after now he didn’t want to know anything of me. He would tell the other members of our group and I’d better not ever return to their place. Finally looking angrily at me, he stood up and left. Well, Marty, I don’t think after now Thor or the others dare attack me. I think they will have enough with not seeing me again. I’m free now, Marty. It is such a relief to know I’m not a skinhead anymore. My past is over and now I can start my love life with you.

    -Aaron, I’m so proud of you. You are really courageous.

    Shortly after we finished lunch and he told me we could go now to the couch and said he was gonna take everything off first. So I saw Aaron stripping again and knowing now that I loved him his naked body was even more spectacular. Next I stripped too. It took me no more than two minutes and finally was as hard as he was.

    -I will be first to give you a blowjob now, my love –he said-. We are in love with each other now and you must see how I love you.

    How to describe the movements of a tongue? He started at my balls too. And I noticed him as horny as he had been the day before, so what was different now? It was the affectionate motion of his tongue in my balls combined with the vision of his beautiful eyes that I didn’t stop looking as he devoured my ball-sac. They were moist and he was crying, moved that he loved me so much and could be allowed to enjoy me again. Then he started a very long climbing up my cock, inch by inch by inch, filling it with saliva and once and again praising the taste of my long shaft, and when he finally reached my glans he stopped there for minutes licking it in no hurry as if he were savouring a lollipop, moving around the corona in endless circles. I had never seen somebody before tasting my cock so painstakingly and I knew that as soon as he gulped it down I would cum. And when he finally started to swallow the whole length of my shaft, I had to cry I love you, I love you, I love you, Aaron and shortly after I was filling his throat with my second load that day. I apologized for having taken such a short time but told him now my manhood was his and he could do this whenever he wanted and I would take longer. I told him something more for he was already at my feet.

    -Aaron, we have all day and all our lives after now. Before we start at our feet or pits again, I have to give you my first love blowjob.

    -Ok, my love. Go for it.

    He took longer than me indeed. Even with the deep love that he was feeling, he resisted a very long time and I practiced love movements all around his genitals, first his balls and stopping at his perineum too. And finally I moved up his dick as slowly and as affectionately as he had done first. It was my most arousing journey: now I was travelling up Aaron’s cock and I wanted to savour it as if I were stopping at some petrol stations from time to time and later entering a service area to have something inside. So my journey up that wonderful cock took me a long time till I decided to also stop at the inn of his glans and practice moving my tongue in circles too around every inch of his glorious head. I was driving him crazy and he also shouted “I love you” at the time he stroked all he could of my naked body. When I finally took his cock down my throat he told me that he would resist for me and indeed I don’t know how long I was swallowing his massive shaft but surely longer than yesterday. “Let your entire dick enjoy now, Aaron, my love. You will always have this special treatment from me, you can be sure.” And he answered that it was so good to love each other and know that we would give each other this pleasure now every day. So I was ten more minutes enjoying my boyfriend’s flavour till twenty minutes later he told me: “here you are, Marty, eat the seed of my love, aggggh”, and he spilled rivers of love into my mouth.

    -Now we have all the time in the world to taste each other thoroughly and in no hurry. I will taste your feet again –he said.

    And saying no more he started at my left foot saying that my feet tasted wonderfully yesterday when they were sweatier but that he also loved this cleaner shade of taste. As now we had all the time in the world he was in that foot for ten minutes till before changing to my right foot he told me.

    -Now, if someone ever attacks you, you will have me here to defend you.

    -And I will be here to defend you too, Aaron. Maybe you haven’t realized yet that now you can also be a victim of those bastards.

    -I know the hatred those bastards feel for faggots. It’s wonderful for me to know, believe me, Marty, that I am now on the other side and rather than the attacker I can be the victim now.

    He said all those words as he tirelessly continued to lick my right foot, taking pleasure to every inch of my foot skin but he finally stood up and said he was gonna lick my pits again and prior to sniffing or licking them, his hand was already playing with his cock.

    -Indeed I prefer the riper taste your armpits had yesterday, my love, but I will homage these pits daily and will always cum with them.

    Now it was him who was fast, just two minutes in one pit till he told me he would move to the other one and cum soon. Love is an indescribable experience but I still had to assimilate many things and one of them was starting to know how he loved my armpits. Three minutes after he had begun to lick it, unexpectedly he blasted a big load on my chest that later he would lick swallowing every gob of the cum he had shot. Now my turn had come to enjoy his whole body.

    -I will rim your ass for a while.

    -Oh my love, I still have pleasures to know, Ok, I turn.

    And I was savouring a part of his body I still had not tasted and felt him moaning as he was feeling for the first time the pleasure of having a tongue working on his ass. Seeing him enjoy, I took longer. I intended to be a long while on his feet and pits later but I had to show him all my love giving him more fun. When I finally left his ass in order to work on his feet now, he told me.

    -Now my ass is moist for when you fuck me later. I wanna be all the time having my ass wet with your saliva as you taste me in other spots. But first let me taste your ass, Marty.

    -Ok, here you are. But please don’t be too long. We can be longer other days, but I’m dying to taste your feet and pits again.

    So he was for just five minutes rimming me but telling me my body tasted wonderfully everywhere and he was also enjoying that new taste. Finally he stopped and told me now I could continue my trip on his body. So I took no time to rest my hungry tongue again at those aromatic feet of his, which even when clean preserved some of their sweaty aroma. How good my boy tasted everywhere. I finally left his feet after a long trip in both of them and told him.

    -If you still haven’t seen the enormity of my love, you will see it now as I am lucky to taste your pits again.

    If he could still some have some doubts about my love, he soon lost all his fears when he saw my face, bright and entranced as I was slurping all the sweat that fortunately he had on his pits. I was happy to know that even with a daily shower he would often smell, stronger than me, and I could revel at his manly scent every day. He told me as I licked and licked that he was looking at my face all the time and there could be nothing more beautiful than looking into his lover’s eyes when he was showing so much love. After my endless scented journey I also bathed his chest with a new lake of sperm.

    -And now I will have the pleasure of feeling your cock again up my butt, Marty. You will be first too now, since you have just cum and I guess you can take an eternity now inside me. Come on, my love. Fuck me for the third time.

    And I was soon pummeling his sexy crack again as he talked in order to reassure me how much he liked a dick up his butt now and I could be calm for this was the third time and he was enjoying as much as the first two. “Now you will fuck me every day. Formerly I was blind but now I have the certainty that I am gay and I want your dick in my ass, in my mouth, everywhere, a lot of times every day, please my love”. Assuring him now I would fuck him as often as he desired, I continued a long, long fucking. Indeed I had never before lasted so much, my dick feeling fire but not yet willing to cum; first I had to give that new boy an unending fun. It was so hot to fuck a boy who had been first a bastard but knowing that son of a bitch was buried now. I had helped him a bit but he had made the biggest effort to kill himself. I think I was for half an hour hectically shagging him but I finally shot a new load of cum and love inside him.

    With no pause I turned so he would fuck me now. I told him to let me cry to the rhythm of his fucking for it was so new to fuck each other knowing we were in love that I could not help it. He said he was feeling the same need and finally slamming my ass his tears poured down my flesh that he was touching, at the time he kissed me and cried. “Since I know you are able to cum a lot of times every day, I’ll jack you off, so our newfound love can be shown in our many cums, and of course we have to cum both together again. I’ll never leave you, Marty, my love.” And with those sweet words he continued to move his cock inside me till he accelerated the pace and I told him that with him I was not a top anymore and I also wanted him to fuck me daily. There would be no top and no bottom in our couple. We would both fuck each other, constantly. “The many more times we fuck, the deeper our love –he said- so I hope there never comes a time when we don’t feel like fucking anymore.” “That time will never come, my love”, I answered to reassure him. He was so happy now that he knew he would share his life with me that with that certainty he shot a load in my ass after a long time, not as long as I had been before, but longer than twenty minutes, if I remember correctly.

    -Let’s stroll around the city some time, my love. We have a lot of time before dinner.

    So he agreed and I took him to a park where there was also a lake and some boats where we could row for a while. And as he didn’t give a dam about anyone now, he often stopped and kissed me there in front of many people. Hope you never repent of our age gap, Aaron, but we are perfect for each other and this we love we are living has to last, I thought.

    Back home we took our clothes off before eating the tasty Hawaiian pizzas touching each other all the time, so I laughed and told him that the ingredients of that pizza were armpit sweat, chest sweat and cock sweat and since it was the tastiest possible pizza, he should bring it home more often.

    After having assuaged our hunger, we headed to bed again as we had done last night but this was our first night in love and we had to do everything again. All the time with an intense dialogue in which we were rehearsing love words, I plunged his sexy cock in my mouth again and had him for ten minutes spilling aromatic sweat onto my chest and even spittle was moistening me and after he shot his load he came straight to my dick certain now it was his lover’s dick and made me cum too soon, I’m sorry to say, but he was so experienced by now at sucking cocks that I could not help it. Next of course I told him the time had come for our fourth mutual fucking and he should be first now. Crying as much as I was crying he penetrated me now with so much sweetness and love that we both came too soon. But since my dick is untiring I was gonna fuck him again and I could hold it for ten wonderful minutes. “Lovers must be in the world, Aaron, who love each other this deep, but it is impossible they love more than we love”. And with those words I filled his ass again and we decided to sleep. I woke up some times during the night and watched him so beautiful in his happy sleep, his calm breath, his chest heaving, and his glorious clean manly scent. I stroked his chest at least but he never woke up and soon I surrendered to sleep too.

    We started then a glorious routine of living together, deep in love. On Tuesday he started working as a pizza boy and he often brought tasty pizzas home but of course we did not always eat pizza. I taught him to cook and we shared that task too. As I worked in the mornings in the bank and he worked in the evenings, we had the afternoons to have long passionate sex in which we never got tired of discovering our mutual lust and love for each other. At nights in bed we were calmer, and one day we gave each other a blowjob and the next we fucked each other again.

    A month later we were heading to some friends’ when crossing a park I got distracted greeting some old friends of mine. He continued walking not having realized that I had stopped. And suddenly I saw a boy who was trying to choke him but soon later I saw Aaron doing the same I had done to him one day. He punched that boy with an arm and choked him with the other. Then he retracted one arm and punched him with the other. Thus he had him for two minutes. The only thing I had done to him that he didn’t need now was punching his balls, but Aaron had learnt to protect himself perfectly with hikite. I knew who he was talking to then for I approached him in that moment.

    -Go to hell now, Thor, and never again dare to attack me for you have seen I can easily defeat you. Leave me alone. I curse you, Thor. You deserve to one day fall in love with a guy.

    -That will never happen, you faggot.

    -Is it that you didn’t have enough? Go to hell and forgive me.

    But two years later, just the day I had turned 40 and we were going to celebrate my birthday we unexpectedly met Thor.

    -Can we have a coffee now as if we were two good friends, Aaron?

    -Ok, Thor.

    And we went to a nearby coffee shop and there we began to talk, after Aaron had introduced me lovingly as his boyfriend. But Thor was blushing and said.

    -I congratulate you, Aaron. Well, I have something to say. Your curse did reach me. I often go to a gym, as you know, and there I met this boy called Ahmed. He’s my age and soon I knew he was gay and lusted for me. I was at first infuriated, but didn’t want to do any harm to him. And unaccountably I discovered myself one day at home desiring to wank over him. I had always believed that if one day I found out I lusted for a boy, I’d end up shooting myself for I thought I could never stand that. But the only thing I shot was a big load, after which I curiously felt better than I’ve ever felt in my life. Next day I talked to Ahmed and well, to cut the story short, we had sex and have even become engaged. We have been together for eleven months now. So your curse reached me, Aaron. I told the others too following the courage you showed me one day. They were angry but I left them and since they had no leader, I don’t know whether now our old group continues. But though angry, I achieved a deal with them. It seems that you and I got immunity. They don’t know either Marty or Ahmed but they promised to me that any boy they saw walking next to either of us would be immune too. So, Aaron: now I have a boyfriend and I am really happy.

    I congratulated him too and we left him for that day. But we often see one another and had met that wonderful and cute boy, Ahmed. So Aaron, Thor, Ahmed and I often meet and we had shown them hikite too in case they needed protection. But the other members of that gang of skinheads have never dared attack them. I think that group does no longer exist. Thor continued with Ahmed and I continued with Aaron after some years. Our love grows every day and I am always moved knowing I have now a former homophobic guy as a partner. He doesn’t want to ever forget his past and we often talk about that day, when both of us left the marathon and he tried to kill me to later become a good friend, and a bitch for me only that day, and finally my partner I still live with. We will never forget that Sunday.


    To get in touch with the author, send them an email.


  • A Witch’s Chaotic Morning

    He stared up at the void above him and watched the swirling shadows consume the space they inhabited. Smoke escaped his lips as he could feel a small part of his soul leave his body. He was content in the emptiness of the world around him. It enveloped, embraced, and accepted him. He couldn’t say the same for what was outside.

    While lying in the shifting shadows, he could hear the low growl of the figure next to him. Every now and then a soft amber glow radiated off his body. He could make out the silvery markings that covered the man’s body. He traced every line, arch, crest, and point they made while exhaling another plume of smoke. To him, the Ifrit lying next to him remind him of a volcano:  he was always hot, hard, and ready to explode at a moment’s notice.

    A faint light began to peak through the curtains revealing a large brown man, with silver tattoos, orange hair covering most of his body while his head was shaved. He was more stocky than muscular. With each heavy growl peaked a sharp pair of fangs. With the faint light radiating from the man he could see the silver padlock chain wrapped around his neck. He was his in more ways than one.

    He nibble and pulled on the Ifrit’s pointed ear, receiving a growling reaction in response. The slight toothy grin on his sleeping face suggested that he approved. With a slight grown the young man flopped out of bed and made his way down the hall. The house was silent with the other occupants slumbering or out adventuring on their own adventures. It was a good thing too. It meant no one to bother him with conversation. And it also meant that he could stroll through the house naked and half-mast. His roommates, with maybe the exception of two of them, didn’t appreciate the view. Their lost he figured.

    At times, he didn’t exactly appreciate the view in the mirror himself. The person staring at him now was a naked black man with white hair and covered in archaic tattoos. His tattoos covered his neck, his shoulders, across his chest, down his arms, fingers, legs and feet. They covered his back and to the top of his ass. They were a mixture of alchemic symbols, arrays, and mixtures of languages from Arabic, Latin, and English. Not all of them were put there by choice and were a painful reminder of what people will do to gain power.  The scar across his eye, lips, his chin, and left side of his head were a reminder of what happens when you question people in power.  

    He loved the naked man staring back at him, especially when running around outside in the Summer Heat when his roommates were gone on vacation. He loved bouncing around in jockstraps, cockrings, and harnesses. Hell he loved wearing leather and fucking on his bike out in the cold. But that person wasn’t getting dressed this morning.

    No the guy getting dressed was forced to wear shirt and tie, bandaged the tattoos up, take out the lip and ear piercings. At least he got to keep his hair in a fade…although with the scar on his head he kind of had no choice. For some reason, there was no spell to grow back what was lost. The same could for the right eye that would never open again. Same went for the slumbering figure and the hair on top of his head, which too was gone.

    That was the cost of power anyways.  

    After taking a piss, a shower, and a quick shave, the young witch made his way back to his room. He made a quick inventory of his clothes and realized he was missing something. Only to realize that he was missing something to cover his crotch from the elements.  In the darkness he crawled around the floor for his favorite red jockey’s wondering if he dropped them during last night’s session.

    “Marshall…” a deep voice growled. The young man looked up at a pair of glowing amber eyes staring at him. Making out from the faint glow coming off the man’s body he could see his favorite underwear in the man’s clutches. And judging by the cocky white fanged smile growing on his face, he knew what he wanted in exchange.

    “I don’t have time for this,” Marshall began “, I got to head to work…” Marshall went motioned forward to grab for the jockey’s but was scooped up from the floor in one fail swoop. The Ifrit had Marshall wrapped around with one massive arm. Marshall struggled to break out of the familiar’s grasp.

    He was stuck.

    “As your master, I order you to release me…” Marshall said exhausted.

    “Nope,”

    “The fuck do you mean nope, that was an order,”

    “Nope as in if you want to get out and retrieve Red Rocket, ya gotta offer me something,”

    “Quit playing, I order you to- AH FUCK!,” he yelped as his multiple heated hands grasped and pulled at his cock. He struggled and squirmed around in his familiar’s arm. He started to sweat profusely with the man’s body heat radiating off of him.

    “No fucking fair, you can’t use magic to-FUCK!”

    The familiar tossed Red Rocket to the side and squeezed Marshall with both arms. The hands continued to take long strokes at his cock while another pair of hands fondles his balls, circle around his cockhead, and finger his piss slit. He let out a load moan as he felt an additional message his perineum. It vibrated and was heated.

    The finger pushing at his cock head changed into a slick claw, working itself inside his piss slit and sounding the inside of his cock. After the sharp white pain came pleasure as it worked itself in and out, vibrating and warming up his insides.  He bit his lip and gasped.

    “Now, why don’t you stay in bed…” his familiar boomed “…and just play with me instead…” The laugh shook the both of them.

    He could feel his cock leak with each motion.  He continued to struggle a bit in the man’s arms panting and yelping. After a few minutes of the continuous torture, he managed to slip a hand out of the confines and pull on the padlock around the Ifrit’s neck.

    “I bind thee, through these chains…” his voice began to boom and grunt “…to unquestionably submit…”  The lock began to throb in his hands before sprouting a chain like harness around the man’s torso and locking his arms in place behind his back. The hands jerking him off faded away. He sat there panting with the sensations still hitting his cock.

    “So young master…what do you des-“the Ifrit was cut off by the squeezing of the chained harness. Marshall bawled up his fist as if he was pulling on something and the chains continued to squeeze tighter and tighter on the man.

    Marshall pulled the front of the man’s harness and pulled him to the edge of the bed. He stood there tower over the man erect and leaking pre cum. He then pulled the man’s mouth over and released a glob of spit into his mouth. He heard the man swallow it and released a second glob in his mouth before shoving his cock down the warm throat. He gripped the back of the man’s head and rhythmically bucked back and forth. Marshall grunted with each thrust and could feel the man’s warm throat close and squeeze around him.

    He didn’t want to finish there.

    He pulled his cock out and stood there breathing heavily and somewhat growling. The Ifrit’s glowing amber eyes and white smiled in the darkness. Marshall spun the man around and flipped him over.  Pulled him by the hips upward.   He didn’t give time to prepare as he forced his cock inside his familiar’s ass. It was hot, pulsing, and still wet from last night. He pulled on the harness and rammed himself in and out of the man’s hole.  With one arm he put the man in a choke hold and bit down on his shoulder.

    He continued to thrust and listen to the man pant and cry. The two of them became wild. Marshall continued to slam into his familiar, causing the bed the shake and crack. The now glowing familiar dug his fingers into the bed and with one motion ripped a chunk out of the mattress. A loud smack echoed the room with each crack of Marshall’s hand against the man’s ass.

    “Ah fuck!,” the Ifrit cried.  He was beginning to glow brighter, Marshall had hit his spot.  Marshall with both hands flipped the man over and continued the onslaught of thrust. The Ifrit wrapped his legs around Marshall and didn’t want to let go. Marshall clawed at the man’s chest and with one last thrust released his load. His legs started to feel like jelly with each glob sputtering from his cock.

    And with a slick popping sound pulled out.

    The Ifrit sat there with his throbbing member now oozing a red glow. He wanted to cum. He was ready. But Marshall grabbed the padlock again.

    “Let the tendrils and sensations over take this one…” he whispered “…let pain become pleasure.” The padlock began to emit an eerie yellow glow. More chains began to form around his familiar, pulling his legs part, wrapping around his cock and balls, and forming multiple tendrils with multiple bulbs forming down the chains. Marshall watched as the man’s eyes grow wide with one tendril with a drill like pushed inside his cock. The tendril jerked and expanded.

    “Okay, oka-mm…you made your point you can stop…” the man sputtered. Marshall waved his hand as the tendril buried further. His familiar let out a whimper. He could see the bulbs rolling up and down inside the big man’s cock.  He waved his hand again and the tendril pushed further. The man yelped again.

    “It’s not going any further,” he cried. Marshall shrugged. He drew a circle in the air with his finger and poked at the circle. He could feel an invisible force pushing back against him. The man’s cries grew louder as the tendrils continued to push further. With another forceful attempt, Marshall was able to push through the invisible force. His familiar let out one cry as the tendril finally hit his prostate. The tendril formed small sleeve around his cockhead and making a seal to capture any fluids released.

    The chains around his cock and balls began to tighten and squeeze. His familiar was now making uncoherent noises. Words were now escaping him.

    Marshall then waved his hand and two large silver tendrils poised themselves at the man’s ass. With his fingers he pushed forward as the bulbous tendrils forced themselves inside. They began to force and make room for themselves inside. His familiar shuddered as he tried to adjust himself to the sharp pain in his ass while being stroked from inside his cock.  Marshall then pushed up against another invisible force with his finger, prompting another yelp from the Ifrit. The man emitted a bright orange light around his body before fading back to his natural color. 

    Marshall stroked the force with his fingers in a come hither motion. His familiar began to buck his hips. He took long strokes against the force. His familiar continued to buck, growl, and moan. After a few moments of letting the man seek pleasure, Marshall began to squeeze his left hand. The chains painfully squeezed the man’s balls causing him to whine.   Marshall than balled up his right fist forced it up at the invisible force.

    The man screamed as the tendrils formed into a large heated fist pushing up against his prostate. The multiple sensations made the man’s eyes roll back; tears began to stream down his face, and with a growl released a load of hot cum. The tendrils sucked the liquid up and released back into his ass.  The man panted.

    “Alright, that’s it I’m good,” the Ifrit said. Marshall smiled and continued the onslaught of prostate torture and sounding. The man continued to release load after load, each interval becoming larger than the last. After eight loads, the man laid there a sputtering mess as he released a final empty load. Marshall pulled his hands back and with a slurping motion the tendrils began to forcefully pull themselves out of the man. He snapped his fingers and the chains began to sink back into the padlock.

    The Ifrit laid there with cum drooling from his ass. He panted and blankly stared up at the ceiling. Marshall took a glob of hot spunk and fed it back to his familiar. The Ifrit sucked on Marshall’s fingers before going in for a deep kiss. Marshall straddled the man licking spunk off the man’s face and beard.

    “That should hold you for a while,” Marshall said picking up red rocket “,hey Amir can you walk…”  The Ifrit shook his head letting out a hearty laugh. They were both sweaty, sticky, and smelled like smoke. He stuffed Red Rocket into Amir’s mouth and threw him over his shoulder.

    The two of them made their way back down the hallway and to the bathroom. Marshall turned on the cold water hoping to cool the two of them off. He placed the large man in the tub first before getting in..  The effort to cool them off failed as Amir’s began to heat the water.  

    Letting the water run, the witch and familiar washed each other up with every now and then splashing water at each other like kids. Without warning, a spark of red flew off of Amir’s fingers and onto Marshall’s cock. The sensation caused him to get hard again, but at the same time his bladder felt full.

    “Fuck man,” Marshall groaned now catching himself up against the shower wall.

    “Sorry…sorry…it slipped out,” Amir said tugging at his charge’s cock. Marshall attempted to leave the shower but was pushed back against the wall. He tried to push back but his efforts went unnoticed.

    “I have to piss,” Marshall groaned. Amir pushed up against the young man and kneeled between his legs.

    “You can do it right here,”

    “What, no fuck dude, I really really have to piss,”

    “Fine…do it right here,” Amir said opening his mouth wide.  Before Marshall could argue Amir started to suck his cock and push on his bladder. Marshall closed his eye and grunted. He felt his bladder inflate and then deflate as her released powerful stream of piss down the man’s throat. Amir continued to throat the throbbing member into a load of cum was followed the release of piss.

    Amir got to his feet and kissed Marshall on his mouth. The two of them stood there with the water beating down on top of them. After a few more minutes of the two embracing each other, they stepped out of the shower into the cold air waiting for them.

    The two of them shivered and shook. Marshall dried his familiar off and wrapped a towel around him. The large man chuckled. Marshall slipped on his red rockets before the two of them made a beeline for the bedroom.  Behind them they could hear Marshall’s roommates waking up and stepping out into the hallway.

    After finally breaking away from Amir’s games, Marshall got dressed for the rest of the day. He bandaged his tattoos, took his piercings off, put his glasses on, and looked at himself in the mirror. He let out a sigh as the unrecognizable Marshall stood before him. He put on his flat cap, threw on his jacket, and head out the door.  His only comfort was to come home to wild familiar and another night full of debauchery.


    To get in touch with the author, send them an email.


  • New city, New friends.

    Having just experienced my first fuck with Rick I was egar to discover what pleasure lie in waiting for me. For the month that followed my friends birthday I would visit Rick and let him wreck my fuckhole anyway he wanted. Being quiet some years older he knew what he liked and didn’t, and having seen a lot in porn I wanted to know what it was like.

    Quickly after moving cities I made friends with Adam from my new job. He was a tall skinny guy with sandy blonde hair. we regularly went for after work drinks, and when the sex topic finally got brought up we discovered our mutual love for cock. He told me if I ever wanted NSA fun he knew a few guys who’d be keen without hassle.

    A week later I sent him a message to say I was keen and to let me know. Within 5 minutes he sent me a reply with an address and too call when I got there.

    When I arrived I made my call and he greeted me at the front door with a massive smile on his face. Walking into the living room I was greeted by his 5 friends. Two bears (jake& Zac) with their grizzly chests approached me introducing themselves followed by an older guy(Phil) who was maybe in his 50’s but with the body of a Greek god, and lastly just two average blokes(dan&brett)who were in a relationship. We all settled back in and began drinking, smoking and a few lines of powder got around.

    Half hour or so went by before Adam disappeared with jake, who was the bigger of the guys here. A faint moan came from a bedroom and it drew my attention. “Wanna go watch boy” Phil offered as he walked towards the room. Curiously I followed and walked in on Adam laying on the bed with Jakes huge cock sliding down his throat. Phil came up beside me and grab me on the ass pulling me towards him, “let’s join them boy”.

    We stripped each other and his massive cock slapped the side of his thigh as his pants came down. Easy the biggest I’d ever seen. He sat on the edge of the bed, I made my way to my knees and began to suck his cock as he pushed the back of my head down, making his cock go deeper and deeper. Before long Jake was fucking Adam and I was face to face spooning him, hooking up with him while we both got fucked. Phil didn’t have limits, he lubed up and drove his cock deep in my fuckhole, and began to pound me. Jake noticed this and after a good 10 minutes of Phil destroying me, he blew his load and pulled out.

    Not even 20 seconds went by before Jake had driven himself in me. His cock huge aswell but the Immense size of him made it feel bigger. Zac soon entered the room and quickly joined the action, shoving his hard rod in my mouth, and that was Jakes trigger as I felt his cock tense and my ass be filled again by another load of warm cum.

    Without hesitation Jake finishing Adam rolled me into my back, pushed a leg in the air and drove his cock into my now cum covered and gaping dumpster. He was the roughest so far, fucking me harder than anyone yet he knew exactly how to get me off and I came all over myself within a few minutes. Dan and Brett who were playing with Jake quickly took advantage of my position. I was sucking dans dick, being fucked by Adam who was being fucked by Brett.

    A cock in my mouth, one in my hand and one in my ass, what an experience. As Adam blew his wad in me (no3) Dan wasted no time in swapping positions with him. He must’ve loved the warm cum as his lube as he began too fuck me with a smile on his face. As I repositioned on all fours I was sucking Adams cock clean of cum, Dan was fucking me and Brett had now moved underneath me, kissing my body and playing with my cock.

    As I was being fucked from either end Dan stopped, I felt a pushed on my loose hole and let out the most pleasurable moan imaginable. Brett had now penetrated. Double penetration wasn’t anything I’d thought about but here I was. They both began to fuck me harder and harder while I continued too blow the guys I wasn’t fucking. I was their cum dumpster and for the 90 or so minutes it took everyone too fill me up I loved it. When Dan and Brett both finished in me seconds apart they pulled out and I cleaned their dripping cocks off with my mouth.

    Everyone returned too the lounge and began drinking smoking etc for another few hours, it was still only early at around 1am. I’d taken a shower and joined them. 

    Adam asks “so welcome too Brisbane mate” with a laugh in his voice. 

    “First orgy Tom?” Said Zac. 

    “Yeah, was incredible” I replied.

    “Well boy we’ll stretch you out again later then” Phil said with a sexual tone.

    An hour or so went by before I couldn’t resist Phil and his amazing body and huge cock. While making out he began to finger me. Every few minutes he would add another finger till eventually, he was rubbing lube all over his hand and forearm. “Up for it boy? Want to be stretched by this fist boy?” He said softly but with authority. I grabbed his arm and slowly began to push his hand deeper and deeper. For a few seconds I doubted it until I felt his hand curl up inside me and him push his arm deep inside my throbbing swollen fuckhole.

    “Holy fuck!” Was all I could utter. He began fisting me slowly before pushing harder and deeper. I looked back and the others had joined the room. Shock and amazement was thrown across their faces as they watched my ass stretch and take his arm. 5 minutes became 10, 15. His fist became more and more of his arm. He was close to elbow deep now and for the last 5 minutes I’d cum constantly from the immense pleasure I was in.

    Slowly pulling his arm out my stretched out ass went with it, and my hole blossomed like a pink rosebud. Zac was quick to play with it and began to fuck it back in. I was in an utter state of extacy, my ass was throbbing in a fantastic way, Zac had blown in me again, Dan had cum on my face and Brett was about too follow, Jake was fucking Zac and just as he came rammed his cock in my ass and filled me up one last time.

    Needless to say that was me done for the night, however Adam laid in the bed with me while we hooked up and sucked me off one last time. The next morning I woke right where I was the night before. “Have a shower and make yourself at home. P.” Was on a note next too the bed. I washed and dressed and walked onto the balcony for a smoke where I found Phil in just his underwear, almost like he was waiting for me….

  • Moulton – Midmarsh Reform School: it’s Creation, Rise and Demise

    MOULTON MIDMARSH REFORM SCHOOL

    Its creation, rise and demise in a ten year period

    An imaginary homoerotic story set in the early twentieth century

    by Jason Land  

    CHAPTER 1

    My name is Martin Fairweather. I am professor and head of the History Department at the Fenwide University, one of those institutes of higher learning created in that push by the governments in the 1980s and 1990s, when the aim – quite mistakenly in my view – was to ensure that every child in UK had a university education. How a university education benefits would-be plumbers, carpenters or, for that matter, any other trade, which we desperately need to make things in this country, escapes me; but mine, as a historian, is not to reason why, but to observe and comment on the follies of our leaders; so as you might imagine, we historians have no end of material on which to comment!

    Fenwide University, located near the provincial town of Ely, sits in shadow of its ancient and august neighbour, Cambridge and will probably ever remain there. But, with no false modesty, I can say that the history department, which I was recruited to create, has, under my direction, attained considerable renown in the academic world. I am, myself a product of that other nearby place. I was a working class scholarship boy from the industrial north, but I excelled at history, in which subject I took a first, as a result of which I was offered a research fellowship at St. Jude’s College, which I held for some five years. I felt myself highly honoured when, aged but twenty-eight years, I was offered the job as the first professor and head of the history department at Fenwide, which I, of course, accepted and where I have been ever since.

    It was my position at Fenwide and the fact that my own special area of interest was in the English school system through the ages, that in late 2008, I was approached by the board of governors of a local public school, Midfen College for Boys, and asked if I would be willing to undertake the production of a short book to commemorate the centenary of the founding of the school in 1910, a task I accepted with pleasure. Midfen College was and still is, for that matter, an unusual public school for England. But before I go on, just let me explain, for the benefit of my foreign readers, that an English public school is precisely the opposite of what its name implies; a public school, is in fact, a fee paying school where wealthy parents send their offspring in search of a better education and from which members of the general public are excluded, unless they are willing or can afford to cough up the necessary fees. What are in fact public schools, schools to which the general populace are obliged, by law, to send their children, are called State Schools in the UK.

    But to come back to Midfen College; this is a relatively young institution, having been created by the generous endowment of a number of Edwardian philanthropists in 1910. As such, in the eyes of the class obsessed British upper classes, it is not considered as the equal of the great old schools of the country, such as Eton Winchester, Rugby, or Harrow and many others. But this was precisely the “relatively young” institution about which I had been commissioned to write about to celebrate its 100 year existence.

    I started my research, which was not too difficult, as there was a great deal of detailed information available in the school archives, which had been very well kept over the past century. So, my job became one of pulling together enough detail to produce the desired centenary commemoration book. As I went through the material, I was struck by one strange fact; the school had been started in its present buildings, back in 1910, and these buildings had been purchased by the School’s founding fathers from the Department of Education of the day. My curiosity was promptly aroused, for prior to the actual founding of the school there was nothing at all in the archives, other than the fact that the school had been installed in an existing building, and a large building at that, which predated the foundation of the School. I pressed my researches further into the period prior to 1910 and uncovered an interesting story, which, totally unrelated to Midfen College, I think you might enjoy.

    It is the story of the creation of the most modern of reform or approved school of its day, by a group of late Victorians; and how, after a glittering start, its demise was rapid, leading to its closure less than ten years after its foundation; with the result that the building was sold and acquired to house the new Midfen College, where it is still located, in what are buildings now a century old.

    CHAPTER 2

    Up until the end of the late nineteenth century, convicted young offenders aged as low as fifteen years, had been sent to the same prisons as older criminals. There had been a growing feeling that this custom was exposing young offenders not only to hardened criminals who could lead them further astray from the straight and narrow, but also left them open to sexual abuse by the older inmates. One has to remember that at that time, and indeed until late in the twentieth century, male homosexuality was a criminal offence, leading to imprisonment; as the much publicised trial of Oscar Wild, the playwright, at the end of the nineteenth century, leading to his imprisonment for sodomy, testifies. And so, there was a gradual move to develop individual establishments where such young men could be confined, and where they could be given the rudiments of an education and perhaps learn a trade, so that on their release they would better fit into the society as upright citizens. In short, there was a general do-good spirit about the age.

    In this context, under the guidance of the Education Department, several different types of school were set up, so-called approved schools, where young offenders could be confined and rehabilitated. Thus it was, right at the end of the nineteenth century, the year before Queen Victoria breathed her last, the Government decided to build and run the most advanced of such schools and plumped for a small town called Moulton-Midmarsh in the fens of East Anglia, as the site for its great experiment.

    Moulton-Midmarsh was and for that matter, still is, a miserable sort of town, stuck in the watery wastes of the fens, which were less well drained then than they are today; for as its name so graphically describes it, was located more or less in the middle of a great watery wasteland. Its attraction to the powers that be, had clearly been the fact that in those days, where movement from place to place was by no means easy, it was, to all intents and purposes, practically isolated from the outside world, as, surrounded almost completely by the road-less fenlands, it was accessible by only one paved road. Even that great Victorian preoccupation, the railway, had not arrived at Moulton– Midmarsh and the nearest station was at Great Moulton, some five miles away. Thus, with the risk of absconding being a real problem from such correctional establishments, the school’s remoteness meant that escape from Moulton-Midmarsh was minimal: there was just nowhere to go or to hide.

    The worthy burghers of Moulton-Midmarsh were less than delighted to learn that their town had been chosen for this great educational and rehabilitation experiment and there were vigorous protests against the scheme; no one wanted to have a large school of delinquent, semi-criminal youths sitting on their door step. But protests were in vain, for the government had acquired, from a local landowner, a large tract of land just on the edge of the town and had started to build the school, which by the time this story starts was virtually completed. No money was spared on the building and its equipment, which was destined to show the rest of the country the future way. But, to add insult to injury, having been landed with the school with no recourse available, the town Council was informed that the school on its opening would be filled with the worst type young offenders, culled from the normal prisons around the country. In short some 200 recalcitrant, delinquent youths of the worst kind, would be dumped in the school, more or less from day one.

    And so, one afternoon in November in the year 1900, we join the steering committee set up by the Town Council to deal with the details of the school and its staffing. It was characteristic of the Department of Education of the day, to leave the final details to someone else to deal with. The local council ran the local schools, for education was already obligatory, and should therefore, be quite capable of dealing with the staffing and other day to day matters of the school; that was the logic employed by the Department of Education.

    At the meeting at which we join the committee, the pressing question of the moment was the appointment of a headmaster, or Warden, to give him his official title, for the school was scheduled to open at the end of the of the following year and the entire staffing problems had to be settled by then. The committee had, by way of advertisements, already interviewed several potential candidates for the post of Warden, and had more or less decided, subject to this a final interview, which was just about to take place, to appoint a forty-five year old ex-Naval Commander, one Reginald Douglas Pratt-Mainwaring to the post.

    There had been considerable discussion within the committee as to the type of person most suited to the task but all the members were agreed that a strict disciplinarian would be needed. As they saw things, the school would cater for unruly and recalcitrant youths and corporal punishment seemed be the one sure way of maintaining order. So they wanted to be sure that the person in overall charge not only believed in the maxim, Spare the Rod and Spoil the Child, but also acted upon it. Well, they could not have opted for a better choice, for Commander Pratt-Mainwaring was the ideal man for the job; he was a ruthless martinet and strict disciplinarian, who enjoyed wielding the cane across the buttocks of wayward boys, or for that matter any boys, wayward or not;  nothing gave him greater pleasure than the sound of a lissom cane landing firmly across a set of naked buttocks; it was as music to his ears!

    Commander Pratt-Mainwaring was a bachelor, who had, until recently, been in charge of one of the naval training ships for young recruits, where he had a reputation as being a harsh man; the cane was in regular use on the young cadets, who found themselves put across a beating horse for even the most minor of offences. Many of the officers under the Commander thought privately that he was too harsh and too ready to inflict corporal punishment on his charges, but his word was law on board the ship and the cane was in regular and vigorous use.

    But there was another side of the Commander’s character, about which nothing was ever said aloud but which simmered there just below the surface: the Commander was, in fact, a covert homosexual. Victorian England never gave voice to the word; and polite society to all intents and purposes, pretended that it did not exist; but male homosexuality, which was a criminal offence and if discovered could, and often did, lead to a prison sentence for the offenders was as common then as it is today. It is, however, a fact that the powers that be can legislate all they wish, but the sex urge, either male-female or male-male or even female-female is so strong that all the tea in China will not stop people succumbing to that most natural of all urges: to fuck.

    It was a generally acknowledge, but unspoken fact that all exclusively male institutions were hot-beds of homosexuality; a practice which was, and probably still is, quite common in English public schools; and the cadet training ship run by Commander was no exception. Some one hundred young men, all with hormones surging through their bodies and with no female company to hand, had no other recourse to relieve their sexual tensions than to resort to what the Victorians in a mealy-mouthed sort of way called lewd and unnatural behaviour. So anal intercourse or buggery was a common occurrence among the young recruits, who, if caught in the the act, were soundly caned and admonished not to do it again.

    Of course this was all as water off a duck’s back for, as pointed out above, sex is beyond legislation; so, the staff on the training ship, simply whacked the young offenders’ arses as hard as they could and let matters rest at that. It never crossed their minds to bring such practices to the attention of higher authorities, Thus it was, that homosexuality, the forbidden act, was tolerated, by the very act of ignoring its existence; it went on, but did not exist officially.

    The Commander himself was no different from any other man; he wanted to fuck; he wanted to fuck arse, as hard and as often as possible as he was totally incapable of controlling his own innate libido. So once or twice a week, he would seize upon some muscular young cadet for a piffling minor offence; not a difficult job for the Commander had the aptitude of finding fault and if no fault existed, of inventing one. He summoned the offender to his quarters, made him drop his pants, bend across a chair and proceeded to thrash his arse with one of the many canes he always kept to hand. Then, with the young unfortunate still across the chair, he would say to him that he thought he now needed a little relaxation after his ordeal; and an ordeal it always was; for the Commander applied his cane with vigour. Telling the young man to spread his legs, he would then apply a little lubricant to his own cock and give the young lad’s anus a thorough fucking.

    Truth to tell, many of the recipients of the Commander’s largesse actually enjoyed having their arses reamed. The Commander then warned his partner in crime as it were, that it would be unwise to mention to anyone what had just taken place, as he could be sent to prison for having taken part in an illicit sex act. The Commander himself realized, of course,  that he was sailing dangerously close to the wind; but like many before and after him, his sex urge was so strong that there were occasions, many occasions to be frank, that with the best will in the world, he was unable to control it.

    But, on this one occasion, a young offender, John Makin by name, retiring from just such an ordeal, was jostled by his mates, who insisted on examining his arse to see just what it looked like after a dozen hard cuts of the cane. The worldly wise Alpha Male of the group, a brash young man called Timothy White, then asked John what had happened after the caning.

    “What do you mean, what happened.” Said John.

    “Oh come on,” said Timothy, “Don’t act so dumb. What else did the old boy  do to you? Did he offer you an arse fuck as a consolation? Did he, in fact, fuck your hole?”

    All the boys were all ears to hear the full story, which, of course, now came out.

    “Well,” said Timothy, “Welcome to the club.”.

    “What club are you talking about?” Asked John.

    “What the fuck do you think, you blockhead? The Pratt-Mainwaring Buggered Lads Club’. Listen, John, you don’t think that yours is the only hole into which the Commander has stuck his cock, do you? It’s a regular occurrence; whenever he decides to beat one of us privately, it always ends up with him fucking the guy he has just thrashed; that, old son, is the way life is here. Look at the six of us, we’ve all had the same treatment as you; some of us several times. And, don’t get me wrong, some of us, me included, quite enjoy having our holes reamed. Come on John you know that we all do it among ourselves; what the fuck; it’s the only way we can relieve our sexual urges; it’s all part of life our present life.”

    “So, what should we do about it?” asked John.

    “Nothing, my friend, nothing at all! Just let sleeping dogs lie.” Concluded Timothy.

    But, one day, the Commander truly overstepped his remit, when he had a young recruit flogged with a whip, an implement strictly forbidden by the navy rules. He had already buggered the lad in his quarters in several of his private beating sessions, so why he should suddenly have gone over the top and really broken the rules, was difficult to understand. But that was the end of Pratt-Mainwaring’s naval career. His colleagues, who were fully conversant with the sexual mores of the training ship, thought that he had, this time, gone just one step too far. His behaviour was brought to the attention of the higher powers at the admiralty and shortly afterwards he was gently eased out of his post and told to look for another job, which was how he came to be at the interview today.

    It is worth noting that with the typical hypocrisy of the times, the Commander suffered no sanctions and no criminal charges were ever brought against him. And so, it was with an ostensibly clean slate, that he found himself at the final interview for the job of Warden of the new reform school in Moulton-Midmarsh. After his dismissal from the Navy, the chairman of the admiralty committee which had fired the Commander gave voice to his thoughts saying he wondered what type of post he would find and what his new employer would make of him. “Caveat emptor,” said one of his colleagues, adding, by way of an explanation, “Let the buyer beware; it’s up to them to make sure that they know what they are getting.” And with that, the Navy washed its hands of Commander Pratt-Mainwaring, Please note, however, that he was not stripped of his rank of Commander and was still able to style himself as such; which, of course, he did.

    But now, to come back to the steering committee in Moulton-Midmarsh, the chairman began.

    “Commander we appreciate that you have had a great deal of experience in charge of a naval training vessel for young cadets, but the post we are trying to fill today is somewhat different to that which you have just relinquished. Let me explain; the naval cadets you had in your charge, were basically willing recruits, wanting to join the navy; although it is clear that like all young men they needed discipline, they were not basically against the world as it were; not against society in general and habitual creators of disorder. Now the type of youths you will have to deal with in this new approved school are exactly that: young miscreants, who have, in one way or another, rebelled against social conventions and are often intent on creating mayhem. How do you think you will be able to deal with that?”

    “Mr. Chairman, you need have no worries about my ability to maintain order in any, and I stress the word any, repeat any, situation. I am known as a strict disciplinarian and have no qualms in dealing with a group of miscreant youths. Believe me, sir, when I say that if I am appointed the post, the school will be run like clockwork; rules will be strictly enforced and the slightest deviation from the straight and narrow will immediately give rise to severe punishment. I am, sir, a great believer in the therapeutic virtues of corporal punishment; I practised it in my previous post and would propose to continue here, if I have the honour to be appointed. Let me say, sir, that even the most recalcitrant and defiant of youths, quickly realizes with me, that he must tread the straight and narrow; once he has been treated to a good dose of the cane across is bare buttocks, the effect on his behaviour can but be described as magical!”

    “Whilst it is not my intention to mistreat the young detainees, I nevertheless believe in making them all toe the line and those who do not do so are punished immediately; and, I might add, quite severely. I do not believe in a few mild slaps across the buttocks; if boys merit a beating, which they often do, then I think that they have to feel real pain and the cane has to be applied with vigour, otherwise what is the point? So, Mr. Chairman, I can assure you that I am a stickler for discipline and the cane and the birch will reign as the prime implements of punishment during my tenure. I do not, in any way, subscribe to the views of the present day would-be reformists, who are increasingly trying to force the views on us, that it is better to adopt a gentler approach and try to rehabilitate the boys by kindness. Give them an inch and they will take a mile; I have seen it time and time again in my naval career; so my approach is to hold strictly to the rule and to punish anyone who breaks it. Can I say more than that about my philosophy?”

    The chairman, relieved to have found someone who sounded as though he could and would do the job, nodded his head in approval and said: “ We are all of us here delighted to hear that there is at least one sensible voice out there in that chaotic wilderness which has been created in the name of reform and rehabilitation;  we were all afraid of appointing someone of the new wave, if I may express myself that way, who looks upon this new type of school as a sort of orphanage for disadvantage boys, when, in fact, they are a set of miscreants who deserve to be kept away from the public for as long as it takes to beat some sense into them.”

    He now turned to his fellow committee members and said: “Well, gentlemen, you have all heard Commander Pratt-Mainwaring’s philosophy, with which I suspect we all agree. I would remind you that the purpose of this final meeting was to assure ourselves that the new Warden would hold fast to the traditional and proven methods of discipline used for so long and, I might add, so successfully, in our school systems. I think I can say that he has certainly put rest any fears we might have been harbouring, that he shared the modern philosophy of the soft approach to the rehabilitation of these young delinquents, who will shortly be visited upon us, So, unless anyone has any objections, I would like to propose that we offer the post of Warden of the new school to Commander Pratt-Mainwaring, which I earnestly request him to accept. And finally, let me say, that if Pratt-Mainwaring accepts our offer, I suggest that the title of the post be officially Commander, in recognition of the rank he holds.”

    The extraordinary thing in all this was that no one on the committee ever thought of asking the Commander, why a man as young as he and in a senior naval position had left his post and was now available. As we would say in modern day parlance, the Commander had passed under the radar undetected.

    So, that was that; the Commander had the post and was given free rein to run the school as he saw fit. His appointment was immediate, as much organisational work remained to be done to ensure, that on the arrival of the first wave of boys, programmed to arrive less than twelve months hence, everything was in place for the institution to function efficiently. Once the contract was signed, sealed and delivered, the members of the steering committee breathed a collective sigh of relief, that they had now pushed the whole awful business of this accursed and unwanted school onto the shoulders of someone else. The whole problem of uneasiness that the arrival of the school had presented was simply swept under the carpet and no longer their concern; the state would foot the bills, but the problems would be dealt with by someone else; they had appointed a man whom they thought would be an excellent Warden: Commander Pratt-Mainwaring, and matters were now up to him.

    The chairman felt pleased that they had clearly appointed a martinet, which was, in his view, exactly what was needed: someone who was not afraid to thrash living daylights out of the miscreants who were about to be lodged there. But, the committee had endowed Commander Pratt-Mainwaring with more or less absolute power and as we all know, power corrupts and absolute power corrupts absolutely. So, the steering committee, by its action had, effectively abandoned any control whatsoever of the school. I am sure, had they been questioned just that point, they would have hotly denied it; but the simple fact of the matter is that they had handed the school over to a bombastic autocrat who was moreover, a homosexual with strong sadistic tendencies,

    CHAPTER 3

    The Commander was highly delighted to have been appointed to his new post. He had already divined from the previous contact with the committee, that they were relieved to have rid themselves of any responsibility for running the school, other than wielding a rubber stamp now and then; so he felt confident that he could do exactly as he wished; and as a died in the wool disciplinarian, it was his intention to see that the cane and the birch were kept in regular use. Like many men, more than would like to admit it, he thoroughly enjoyed seeing boys have their arses thrashed and was not at all averse to wielding the implement of punishment himself. At the end of the day the Commander kept his sadistic streak carefully hidden; but as his charges at the cadet school had discovered, he was never slow to wield the cane on their naked backsides. And so, having been more or less cashiered from his naval post, he found himself, as he put it to himself: “The king of all I survey”

    Before we go any further with the story of the Commander, something has to be explained about the structure of the new school. The staff was divided into two quite distinct and separate groups. There was the teaching staff, which was responsible for all lessons and the warders, who were to handle discipline and all physical activities, gym and games included. The teaching staff was to have a day function only and as at a normal day school they would come and go each day. The warders, on the other hand were, like the inmates, to be permanently present, and  housed on the school premises in much  same was as are the pupils and Housemasters at a typical public school. In terms of their appointment they were called warders; but in the school as they ran the four houses into which the school was divided, they had the title Housemaster and assistant Housemaster.

    The school building was in the form of a letter E, except that it had four rather than three cross bars. The main school, where all formal instruction took place and meals were served, occupied the long building linking these four wings together and the wings were, in fact, conceived as separate houses, in much the same way that our great public schools have houses, where the pupils actually live. Each house had its own Housemaster and he and his assistant had private studies and living accommodation  in their respective houses. In the same way that the Commander’s word was law in the entire school, so each Housemaster was totally responsible for the running of his house, where his word was the law.

    In addition to the professional staff, there was the support staff of school secretary, cleaners, cooks, launderers, grounds-men etc. all of whom, except the cooks, were present only during the day, whilst the cooks by the very nature of their job had to live in the school. The Commander was provided with a secretary, who was in that classic mould which seems to accompany this post.  Miss Cruickshank was her name; and she was a typical dried up old trout with one of those faces which a smile never crossed; her job it was to do the Warden’s bidding, which she and many others like her throughout the British school system did without question. So every day after classes, the school and its charges were entirely in the hands of the Commander and his warders; everything was possible and there was no outside control at all!

    The Commander set about sorting through applications for the various teaching posts, which were easy to fill as it had been decided to provide married quarters for them and their families outside the school premises. The Housemasters presented a different problem, as being lodged in the school buildings with the boys they had to be free of family ties. The Commander was particularly careful to select only muscular young men, who at the interview had expressed their willingness to maintain order with the use of the cane, whenever necessary. The Housemasters had no formal teaching duties, but were entirely in charge of all physical education and games, as well as maintaining discipline throughout the school day. Only these eight men and the Commander himself were to be allowed to administer corporal punishment to the boys.

    The Commander took great care in selecting these eight men, as he wanted to be certain that they were all men who had the same philosophy as himself about discipline; corporal punishment had to reign supreme; not only during the school day, but also in the four separate houses where the boys lived and slept; the Housemaster and his deputy had to be ready and willing to wield the cane at any time. The Commander review his choices and felt that he had done well, as all eight young men seemed as eager as he himself was to thrash errant arses. Although he did not know it for sure, he felt in his bones, that they were all, very probably like him, that is to say homosexual, or if not, certainly willing to bugger their charges.

    A school environment, especially an isolated one such as Moulton-Midmarsh offered, was just the sort of backwater that attracted men of that bent. Why, otherwise, would any normal, heterosexual man cut himself off from pretty well all female company and settle in such a remote place? When he had finalized his choice, the Commander felt well pleased with what he had accomplished.

    As ever, staff apart, there was in what was, to all intents and purposes, an all male environment, a strong, but hidden thread of homosexuality running through the place. The boys were all adolescent, aged fifteen to twenty and it is not surprising that deprived of female company, they had to rely on their fellow inmates for for sexual relief. But, this was never spoken of, although everyone knew it existed; and the Commander knew full well, that the attraction to the young Housemasters was to work in a sexually charged all male environment; in a word, it was a classic homosexual situation.

    The law might forbid sodomy to give it its official name, euphemistically referred to as lewd behaviour or gross moral turpitude  or call it what you will, but all the legislation in the world will not stop young men exercising their sex urge. So, even though male-male sexual relationships, or buggery, another unspoken word, was a criminal offence, punishable by a prison sentence lots of homosexual activity still went on and Moulton-Midmarsh school, like so many other boarding establishments, simply accepted it. Legislation was legislation but it could not ultimately stamp out that most primeval of human urges: to fuck. But it was to be well over half a century later that parliament finally came to its senses and homosexuality, an unspoken word at the time of this account, was decriminalised, when the legislators finally realised that they, like King Canute, could not command the waves.

    CHAPTER 4

    Now that the basic organisational matters had been more or less settled and the staff appointments made, the Commander felt free to give his undivided attention to the question of discipline and punishment; both subjects dear to his heart. The Commander was at that time, more or less, alone at the school other than for the support staff, and a cook, as the official opening of the school was still several months away. One rainy Saturday afternoon he sat, alone as ever, at his desk and read through the pages in the catalogue of the school supplier devoted to instruments of corporal punishment. These were to be found under the imposing heading of Disciplinary Accoutrements; he found the whole thing totally riveting.

    Under this heading, someone in the company had written a short introductory paragraph before going on to detail items it stocked, with which errant pupils could be beaten; it was quite illuminating and held his entire interest. Whoever had written this introductory piece was clearly of the old school and it was quite obvious from his tone, that he advocated frequent and severe thrashings as the only sure way to turn out a set of gentlemen. The writer concluded his introductory remarks by saying:

    “It is not, of course, for us, as purveyor of quality school punishment requisites, to comment on the desirability or not of the continued use of traditional corporal punishment in our schools; but we can affirm that our sales figures of disciplinary accoutrements show a year on year growth, which seem to indicate that the practice is alive and well”.

    The Commander then moved on to the description of those disciplinary accoutrements in detail. He was amazed just how much space was devoted to the detailed description and methods of use of the various accoutrements the firm had to offer; he found the whole thing totally absorbing, so much so that he realized he was himself becoming aroused just by reading the descriptions of what was on offer. He felt his cock hardening and soon a gentle flow of pre-cum started to manifest itself; he was absolutely beside himself with the pleasure he was obtaining just from reading this highly descriptive catalogue; it was almost as good as administering a thrashing to some lad’s arse – but only almost; for there was no substitute for the real thing; the crack of the cane as it landed on the recipient’s naked arse; the pleasure in applying the strokes to paint a pleasing picture of welts on the lad’s buttocks and the howls of pain which so often accompanied a beating, all gave the Commander great pleasure as he wielded the cane.

    Of course, the catalogue was not aimed at school like Moulton-Midmarsh, but at the British public schools, where beating was akin to breathing: a way of life! And it was at just such a school that the Commander had enjoyed his own education; so it was not surprising that now in sole charge of this new school he modelled it on his own public school experiences, which, truth to tell, had been pretty painful.

    Here are some of the items in the catalogue, which especially caught his eye.

    The junior hand cane:  A three foot long slender rattan cane, equipped with a rounded handle for a good grip. Specially conceived for use on boys’ palms. This cane offers a stinging blow, with no danger of physical injury to the recipient. Greatly used in preparatory schools and in most of our state schools where caning of the buttocks is limited. Highly recommended for boys aged eleven to thirteen years of age. Sold in bundles of 24 canes.

    The senior hand cane:  Similar to the above in all ways, except being slightly thicker and therefore capable of causing more pain. The cane of choice used in most of our state schools for older boys aged fourteen and above. Sold in bundle of 24 canes.

    The general purpose long rattan cane:  This is a three foot long, half inch thick, flexible rattan cane, used for general discipline throughout the day. This cane is the choice of masters, who use it to maintain order in their classrooms. It can be applied either to the clothed or to the naked buttocks. State schools prefer to administer corporal punishment through the trousers of their pupils; whereas public schools usually administer all punishment to the naked buttocks of the miscreant. Correctly used, this cane is capable of creating real pain for the recipient. Highly recommended. Sold in bundles of 24 canes.

    Our unique speciality cane – the rod in pickle:  We are pleased to be able to offer what we consider as the nec plus ultra of buttock canes; a specially selected cane unique to us for making the celebrated rod in pickle concept a painful reality. The expression rod in pickle has come to mean an instrument of punishment waiting to be used when the occasion arises rather than the implement itself. However, with our speciality cane, the rod in pickle has become a reality, probably the most painful of any type of cane.

    The slender canes for preparing this masterpiece of corporal chastisement, supplied by us in the form of three feet long, thin canes is imported directly and only by us from the Far East, where it grows only in limited areas. It is cut from a unique type of rattan vine, which has the unique characteristic of being able to absorb its own weight in water. When correctly prepared, with a minimum of two weeks soaking in brine, the result is the most flexible and heaviest of all canes, and the one with which the greatest pain can be inflicted on the naked buttocks of the miscreant;  whilst always avoiding any permanent physical damage. As such it is the most flexible and painful of all canes currently on the market. Many of our users consider it the equal of the birch. Sold dry, ready for soaking in brine, in bundles of 24 canes.

    Handle for the above:  As the cane itself is rather thin and when correctly soaked, difficult to grip firmly, we offer a special wooden handle into which the end of the soaked rod fits and where it is held in place with a knurled thumb-screw. The user has thus a firm grip on the rod at all times, which enables him to apply it with vigour to the miscreant. Sold in packs of five handles.

    Special soaking tubes for the above:  We offer a light metallic rust-proof cylinder and stand, specially designed to accept the full length of the above canes. Filled with a strong brine solution, it is the ideal recipient in which to soak and keep the above rods ready for use. Sold individually.

    Numerous testimonials as to the efficacy of the rod in pickle cane were entered below the description, of which two are reproduced below.

    A headmaster, a regular user writes:

    “I have nothing but praise for this most innovative approach to the rod in pickle concept. It is incomparable when applied to the naked buttocks of an errant boy; its flexibility is such that when correctly placed across the buttocks, the cane produces the longest cut I have ever seen. Pupils go in dread of it and those who have once felt it never ever wish to renew its acquaintance. I can reduce even the most hardened and recalcitrant boy to tears with three strokes of this cane. I have abandoned all other forms of punishment in its favour.”

    And a second testimonial said:

    “As a teacher of the old school, I had long maintained that the traditional birch rod was the best way to give a boy a thorough and painful thrashing. However, I realize now that I may have to revise this view, for I find that with this new rod, I can achieve practically the same results but with much less effort. The birch has always posed a problem in that it needs to be freshly made for maximum effectiveness, which constraint has now disappeared, as the rod in pickle has handsomely taken its place. This is the greatest advance in corporal punishment of the last fifty years. I can but recommend its general acceptance.”

    The Commander could barely contain himself reading about these instruments of discipline and grew even more aroused as he read on.

    Adjustable beating stool::  Traditionally, boys have been made to bend across the back of a chair in order to offer their buttocks for punishment. Our adjustable, purpose-made stool ensures that boys of all heights can be correctly positioned with their buttocks tightly held in the perfect position to receive the cane. The back of this stool, with its padded top cross-rail, is easily adjustable according to the height of the boy to be punished. Thus the buttocks of the errant youth are always correctly positioned to accept the punishment. Suitable for all boys aged thirteen to twenty. Sold individually.

    Adjustable beating horse:  This horse, like the stool above, is adjustable to ensure that the buttocks of any boy can be positioned perfectly for the application of the punishment. Its use is recommended for any severe beating or birching where the errant youth needs to be restrained as the punishment is administered. Our simple hand and ankle restraining straps ensure that once in place, the recipient is held immobile. Particularly recommended where one master alone has to administer a beating, as no additional help is required to restrain the subject completely. Sold individually.

    Special deep birch buckets:  Whilst we cannot supply the birch itself, for this must be freshly prepared and used within a few days of the cutting of the twigs, we do offer a special deep galvanised bucket, some three feet in depth, which enables a full birch rod to be thoroughly soaked before use. The ordinary household pail, so commonly used for this purpose, is not truly deep enough to give a totally flexible birch rod. Users tell us that the results of total soaking produce a much more flexible implement, with which greater pain can be visited upon the miscreant’s buttocks. A full twenty-four hour soaking of a freshly cut birch is recommended to produce the perfect implement; the gold standard of all corporal punishment instruments still widely used in many British schools.

    By this time the Commander was in such a state of erotic arousal, that he was forced to relieve himself by the use of that age-old friend: the five fingered lover. He stood in front of the mirror in his private bathroom and breathed a sigh of relief as he arrived at his climax and his sperm splattered the face of the mirror.

    The Commander then set about trying to decide exactly which of these highly attractive “accoutrements” – he smiled to himself as he re-read that word – he wished to acquire to equip the school. He had already decided that all formal punishments would be administered either by himself or by one of the eight Housemasters; the teaching staff would not be allowed to use the cane in any of their class rooms, but would, when required, fill out a punishment slip which would mean a visit to the Commander’s study for the unfortunate recipient. He saw no reason to disperse the task of formal beatings across the entire staff, preferring to keep the overall control in his own hands. But he realized that between classes and in their free time, as well as in the gym and on the playing field, his charges would inevitably need disciplining, so he decided that each of the eight Housemasters should, at all times, carry a general purpose rattan cane for the administration of on-the-spot chastisement.

    The Commander’s official quarters consisted of a spacious office with another side room and its own bathroom. Beyond that were his private living quarters consisting of a large sitting room, a dining room, a kitchen, two spacious bedrooms and a second bathroom; all in all the Commander’s quarters were, by any standard, generous. So he decided to turn the room off his main study into a punishment room which he equipped with a couple of the adjustable stools and an adjustable beating horse. His thinking was, that as he truly enjoyed the process of roasting boys’ arses, why deprive himself of the pleasure by leaving it all to someone else. He then added a rod in pickle set and a couple of the deep buckets specially conceived for the soaking of birches; he believed in maintaining all punishment options open.

    He then realized that the senior Housemasters of the four houses, would also need the ability to beat errant boys at home so to speak in the Housemaster’s study. To this end he decided to equip each study with a complete set of the rod in pickle package and an adjustable beating stool. Armed with that potent combination plus the normal everyday rattan cane, he felt that each Housemaster would be well enough equipped to administer beatings to his charges. He hesitated for a moment, thinking about the birch, but decided that this, the most iconic and fearful of all implements, he would reserve for his own study and for the formal punishment room.

    He then designated one of the rooms of the school as the general punishment room and likewise equipped it in the same way as his own private room. However, after some thought, he ordered two of the beating horses, feeling that it might occasionally be useful to beat two boys simultaneously; he felt that it added a degree of drama to the whole process of corporal chastisement, a process which, unless you have not by now understood, was very dear to his heart; the Commander was a totally ruthless martinet and as you have probably realized by now, was intent in moulding the Housemasters into his own image! The Commander then completed his preliminary preparations by adding a substantial quantity of general purpose and rod in pickle type canes to his order. When he had finished, he sat back and surveyed what he had ordered and decided that few schools would have the equal in disciplinary accoutrements, which he was sure and certain would find regular use,

    CHAPTER 5  

    The one thing that was missing from the Commander’s chastisement artillery, was, of course the birch rod itself. As the school supply catalogue had remarked, the birch itself could not be ordered in the normal way like the rattan cane, but needed to be made regularly on the spot and used within a short time frame, before the the thin twigs used in its makeup became too fragile. He remembered the one occasion when he himself had been birched as a schoolboy, some thirty years ago. There were broken bits of twig littering the room after his beating was over and the master who had administered the punishment had used no less than two new birch rods in the course of a fifteen stroke beating; he still shuddered when he looked back on that occasion and the excruciating pain he had suffered. The pickle-rod might well be painful; but the birch was a frighteningly painful implement which struck fear into every boy’s heart at the thought that he might one day be on the receiving end of it.

    Perhaps a word of explanation is needed about the birch rod, usually expressed in the singular when, in fact the rod is comprised of a bundle of flexible twigs firmly tied together with twine. Soaked in water for a few hours before use, this admirable implement has long been considered as the ultimate sanction to control over-ebullient, errant youths. At first sight, with its thin twigs, on asks oneself if it truly is a painful instrument of chastisement; to which the answer has to be a resounding Yes. With each successive stroke the pain builds up until it becomes well nigh unbearable for the recipient. But the great advantage of the birch is that due to the light nature of its structure, it does not lead to physical damage to the naked arse of the recipient; a well birched arse is something akin to an impressionist painting, as the entire buttock area is covered with small ridges, which change in colour as they mature. Overall, the birch, correctly wielded by an expert, is a truly frightening instrument of corporal punishment, which is precisely what attracted the Commander to it.

    The Commander then remembered reading somewhere that although called the birch, implying the use of twigs from the tree of the same name, some experts felt that a better and more durable instrument could be made using the fine straight upper twigs of the hazel, which as a suckering large shrub or small tree, was admirably suited to the cut and come again philosophy needed for the regular production of birches. But, wondered the Commander, who is going to make these switches for me and where is he going to get the raw materials? This was a question which had to be addressed and a solution found, before the school actually opened for business; a school, without the birch was unthinkable for the Commander.

    The Commander then had a bright idea. He had recently appointed as head grounds man a muscular young fellow by the name of Thomas Barraclough. Barraclough was about twenty-five years old and unmarried and lived in the school grounds in one of those buildings provided for the male outdoor staff, and usually called a bothy. As head grounds man, Tom as everyone ultimately called him, had his own private bothy, as did also the head gardener, whereas the general outdoor staff had shared accommodation. It is difficult for us to day to realize just how primitive were the conditions under which these lowly paid manual workers were then expected to live; but live there they did and not unhappily. The Commander decided that he would ask Tom if he could undertake the task of making the birches for the school and to this end he went to Tom’s bothy one evening; he had to go there personally as there were no telephones at that time.

    To his great surprise, the young man was enthusiastic about the job, which he agreed to try to do in his spare time for a very small increase in his emolument of one shilling for each birch he made. Tom told that Commander that he knew where there was a good stand of hazels on the estate and would go there during the week; as he saw it, the raw materials were there for the taking; and so, Tom Barraclough made his first attempt at making a birch.

    The following Friday evening, the Commander again made a sortie and went to Tom’s bothy to see how the young man had got on with his new task. He was amazed at the excellent looking birch which Tom had put together from his first cutting of hazel twigs. This young guy really had got the feel of what was needed, for he had formed a three foot long implement of a dozen or so finely selected hazel twigs, which was both well balanced and had all the makings of a great birch. The Commander complimented the young man on his effort and then began a long dialogue which led him into homoerotic pastures he had never even dreamed of when he commissioned this young grounds man to make the first birch.

    “That is a masterly first attempt you have made of that birch, Barraclough.” said the Commander. “You know, it really does look like a professional job– as if you had been doing it all your life-and yet here you are an absolute novice.”

    “Everyone calls me Tom, sir” replied Barraclough, “So why don’t you just do the same, sir? I have to confess that I truly enjoyed this little job you have had me do, probably because of something you do not know. At school up north, I had my arse beaten, naked, I might add, so many times that it got to the stage that I finally came to enjoy the pain; so much so that when I left school and was no longer subject to school discipline, I felt totally deprived of an act of which I had become quite fond”.

    “My God,” thought the Commander; “This young fellow is a masochist; he actually enjoys being beaten.”

    “Anyway, sir, when I started work, I realised that I needed to find someone who would give me what I had become used to and so I started going to what, I suppose in polite society are called “houses of ill-repute” – brothels in fact, sir, – where ladies, for a fee would thrash gentlemen across the arse. So when I took this job, I found myself again someway cut off from what had become to me a necessity. So, as you can see, interested in corporal punishment myself, I have found working on this birch a tremendous pleasure as at least I was engaged in something which was near to my heart.”

    “You should know, sir that the example you see before you, is in fact the fifth one I have made this week, trying to get what I thought was the perfect flexibility and the balance in an implement that was not too heavy to wield. And well, sir, I have been wondering all day, knowing as how you were coming here tonight to view my handy work, what my birch might feel like were it put to it intended use.”

    “ Good God,” thought the Commander, “Is this young fellow actually asking me to give his arse a thrashing with his birch? This is getting better and better.”

    But with a certain caution, the Commander then said: “Well, Tom, I don’t know about this particular example you have just made, but I can tell you that when I was a boy at school; a long time ago, I might add; I was once birched by my headmaster and believe me, it was not an experience that I ever felt I wanted to repeat. And I am glad to say that I finished my school days without another taste of the birch.”

    “That’s just it sir, I know exactly what the cane feels like across my naked arse and I really enjoy that, but I have been wondering just how the birch might compare with that. So, I was just wondering if you might…” His voice tailed off.

    “You were just wondering, what Tom?”

    “Well, you know sir, as you have not yet tried out the birch I have made on anyone; well I was just sort of wondering; well, you know, sir, I am sure…”

    “Are you, Tom, in fact asking me to try out your birch on your arse, young man? Is that, in fact, what you are asking?”

    ‘Well, sir, now that you have put it so bluntly, I guess that I have to say yes. To be honest sir, I’m really hot to have my arse whacked with this thing I have just made. It will be a new experience for me and for you too, sir, as you will be able to judge if what I have made truly fits the bill. So, sir, as I see it, we shall both gain from the experience.”

    “Tom, I am sure we will, so if you are absolutely sure, it will be a pleasure for me to oblige you. But you are absolutely, absolutely sure that you know what you are asking; if I birch you, you will think that your arse has been stuck in a fire. The birch is a very, very painful implement of corporal punishment; probably the most painful. So, I repeat, are you sure that that is what you want?”

    In fact, the Commander was just as keen to flog Tom’s arse as Tom was apparently to have himself flogged. In modern parlance, the Commander would have said that this opportunity was manna from heaven; but in his position, he did not want to appear too eager to thrash the young man’s arse.

    “I’m dead certain that that is what I want sir.” Said Tom as he started to unbuckle his belt and drop his trousers and underwear.

    The young man then bent across the table and pushed up his arse into what he clearly thought was the best position for the Commander to address his backside. What the Commander saw before him was a flogger’s dream; a beautiful pair of unblemished cheeks: an arse to be dreamt of in dreams!

    “Go ahead, sir, don’t be shy. Just whack me hard; it’s exactly what I want you to do.”

    The Commander paused for a few seconds, admiring the prospect in front of him, raised the birch and brought it down with a good blow across the middle of Tom’s arse. The quality of Tom’s handiwork was immediately apparent as the individual twigs of the birch rod fanned out beautifully and covered more or less the young man’s entire arse; the mark of a really well made birch rod.

    “Go on, sir, don’t hold back; hit me as hard as you can; that’s exactly what I want. I want to feel the full pain that this implement is capable of; go on sir, just do it: give it to me good and hard.”

    So the Commander obliged and gave young Tom’s arse a twelve stroke roasting with his own birch. “My God,” thought the Commander, “I wonder that he can stand it without so much as a murmur.” The twelve strokes given, the Commander, who by this time was totally hard and almost climaxing with the sheer eroticism of the occasion, put down the birch and told Tom that he thought that he had had enough for now.

    “That was bloody great sir; exactly what I needed; I haven’t had such a good thrashing in years; it was truly exhilarating.”

    The Commander was astounded at Tom’s enthusiasm for what had just happened to him. Any other guy would, by now, have been begging him to stop, but not Tom. It was clear that here was a serious masochist: a man who truly enjoyed pain and wanted to have his arse beaten. True he had said earlier, that he had enjoyed being beaten at school and had occasionally gone to a brothel and allowed one or other of the ladies there to tend to his needs; but the Commander had never dreamed of the utter enthusiasm Tom would show for this masochistic orgy of pain; the birch took the whole business to another level, a much higher level and Tom clearly loved it.

    As Tom stood up, with his trousers still around his ankles, the Commander became acutely aware that he was being faced with a magnificent erect, rock-hard cock, which the beating had induced in Tom. Tom  looked over at the Commander; his gaze was fixed on the Commander’s crotch, from where the Commander’s erection was clearly straining to be freed.

    “You know, sir, after a beating, it’s sometimes very relaxing if some sort of soothing is administered to the flaming buttocks. I don’t know if you have ever thought about that sir, have you?”

    The Commander suddenly realised what Tom was angling at; he wanted the Commander to fuck his arse, but so far had not actually put his wish into words; but by now, it was as plain as a pikestaff where the whole thing was heading.

    “I am not sure that I quite understand what you are getting at.” Said the Commander, with great understatement.

    “Oh, I think that you actually do sir,” Said Tom with his eyes focused even more sharply on the Commander’s crotch. I really think that you do sir;, and I am sure sir, that you would like to help me.:

    Tom now turned away from the Commander, bent across the table again and spread his legs, giving the Commander unimpeded access to that all important entry point, his anus, which was now so beautifully and irresistibly presented that any hard cock would have found hard to resist. Like many young muscular men, Tom had a very tight anus, just the thing the Commander loved, for a good, tight hole, made for a great fuck.

    Tom then said: “There you are sir; surely you must be able to help sooth my pain; surely you can see what I desperately need; surely you can sir. Please sir, give me what you can see I am asking you for.”

    The Commander thought to himself: “My God, this is getting better and better. First he wanted me to beat him; and now he is offering me his hole to fuck. Can things ever get better than this; and this on our first meeting!”

    So the Commander now himself completely overcome by the sheer homoeroticism of the occasion dropped his own trousers and advance on Tom with his own cock rock hard and ready to penetrate the young man’s anus, when Tom suddenly said: “There’s a bottle of oil in the cupboard over there sir; it might help, don’t you think; I find oil so soothing.”

    Tom had been amazingly circumlocutive about what he wanted the Commander to do to him. He had never, in fact, actually put into words that he wanted the Commander to fuck him; but by innuendo, this young man had twisted the Commander round his little finger and now had the Commander reaching for a bottle of oil with which to anoint is cock before actually penetrating the young man’s hole. So the Commander applied a liberal amount of oil to his cock and proceeded to shaft young Tom. Tom’s sphincter was good and tight and it took a good thrust from the Commander to give Tom his full shaft length; but once inside, he wasted no time in pumping the young stud’s butt as vigorously as he could, to the accompaniment of exhortations from Tom to give it to him as hard as he could. He eventually climaxed and ejaculated, in a series of jerky spurts, a huge quantity of his sperm into the young man’s rectum. Tom also climaxed and sprayed the kitchen table with a liberal quantity of his own thick, creamy seed. The Commander collapsed on Tom’s back and clung to him for five or so minutes until both men had calmed down after what has been an exhilaratingly hard fuck.

    When both men had calmed down after what had been a vigorous session of sexual activity, the Commander withdrew his still hard cock from Tom’s hole, stood up, wiped himself off and started to dress.

    Tom looked at him with an admiring gaze and said: “You really are a great guy, sir. I’ve been fucked by quite a number of different men over the years, but never with such vigour, leading to such a huge climax as just now. You really are the tops, sir, And, I hope that you enjoyed soothing me as much as I did being soothed. You know the combination of the birching you just gave me together with that monumental fuck has left me in such a state that I think I must be in heaven. Again sir, thank you, thank you sir, so very, very much.”

    The Commander was quite overwhelmed by the words of praise lavished upon him by his young grounds man. He reflected for a moment on the totally unexpected course of events which had just taken place. He had gone to Tom’s bothy purely to see how the young man had got on in making a birch rod and had finished up thrashing the young man’s arse with the very rod he had just made; this had given both of them the greatest of pleasure, for he truly adored administering the cane to the naked arse of any young fellow, just as much as Tom clearly enjoyed being thrashed.

    But then again, totally unforeseen, Tom had more or less led him by the nose into an act of intense anal sex; this again, had led to a moment of extreme pleasure for both of them; it had been, for both the grounds man and the Commander, an impromptu evening of extreme pleasure. Young Tom clearly knew what he wanted in life, for at the end of the day, it was he, and he alone, who had orchestrated the whole evening. But a slight shadow of doubt flashed through the Commander’s mind as he realized that what they had just done together was considered a criminal act by the law.

    “You do know, Tom, don’t you, that what we have just done together, the sex, that is, not the birching, is a criminal offense under the laws of this country and that if our illicit liaison ever saw the light of day, we could both be tried for sodomy and sent to prison for several years. Don’t think it does not happen; why, just a few brief years ago, the playwright, Oscar Wilde was found guilty of doing exactly what we have just done together, and was sent to prison for two years. So, young man, never a word to anyone about what has just happened here; it has to remain between you and me; agreed?”

    Agreed, sir; I’ll never mention tonight to anyone; why would I ever what to upset the apple cart, to kill the goose which lays the golden eggs?

    The Commander realised from the tenure of Tom’s last comments that he somehow saw the nascent relationship they had just forged, developing further and so he wondered where Tom and he could now go together. Tom clearly did not want to stop what they had just started but what should the next step be? He really liked the young man, who offered the twin attractions of a tame arse to thrash, as he clearly wanted to be punished on a regular basis, but with the added attraction that he craved a post-flogging fuck. This was truly a combination made in heaven and one to be nurtured, for the Commander loved both aspects of the affair as, obviously, did Tom. There was no question of any coercion, as this was an affair between two consenting adults; but nonetheless; in the eyes of the law: an illicit affair. The Commander decided that the greatest discretion was needed.

    “Well, Tom, you certainly appear to have mastered the art of making birch rods; your first attempt has been a great success and I do not see that you have anything more to learn. As you know, this particular implement has a relatively short life, for its efficacy depends upon the flexibility of the twigs from which it is made, and these very quickly dry out. So, as I intend to see that the birch is in regular use once the school opens this autumn, here is what I suggest. I think you should make a fresh rod every two weeks and then on Friday night, after supper, bring it round to my study and we can, if you wish, test it out. I imagine you understand what I am proposing.”

    “Indeed I do sir, and I think that it is a very good idea. So shall we say sir, that my first visit with a new rod will be a week from today?”

    “Agreed.” Said the Commander and with that he left Tom and his bothy and returned to his quarters back at the school with the birch tucked under his arm

    The Commander could not believe his good luck in having found in Tom, a young man, whom he liked and who was willing, indeed anxious, to be disciplined on a regular basis and have his arse fucked into the bargain; truly a unique opportunity, which would never again present itself. So, thought the Commander, I must make hay whilst the sun shines, for all good things have a habit of coming to an end; which of course they eventually did.

    CHAPTER 6

    A week later, Tom Barraclough knocked gently on the door of the Commander’s study, carrying with him his second birch rod. Entering the study, he was amazed by the sheer space that the Commander had at his disposal. The Commander showed him his newly furnished and equipped punishment room and Tom was duly impressed by the way that the place was fitted out with the latest and most modern equipment associated with the corporal punishment of boys.

    “This,” said the Commander, picking out a slender pickle-rod from it brine bath, wiping off the water and fixing it in its handle, “Is reckoned by the suppliers to be the equal of, if not better than the birch itself for the intensity of pain it can deliver. As you can see, the cane is very thin and flexible, made even more so by it long soaking in brine, which also imparts additional weight to the implement. I am sure I don’t have to spell out to you Tom, that the added weight adds greatly to the efficacy of the cane; this is reputed to be the greatest stinger ever. Of course, the difference between it and the birch is that being one single cane, the person administering the punishment can target individual places on the arse being punished, where the birch covers more or less the entire surface with each stroke. But, I suppose each implement has its place in the punishment stakes; it all depends what you are wanting to achieve.”

    Tom took the cane and flexed it, before giving making a few swift swishes through the air.

    “I wonder sir,” what it feels like in practice, he said, ‘But I don’t suppose you have tried it out yet as the school internees have not yet started arriving; but, you know, sir, I really do wonder how it would actually feel when it cuts into the naked cheeks of a bare arse.”

    “You are quite right, Tom” I have not any any chance to try this particular type of cane out so far, “But I can tell you that I am pretty sure that I will be able to make the lucky lads to whose arses I apply it, metaphorically see stars.”

    The Commander could already see where all this was leading. Tom was dying to have a taste of the cane applied to his own arse. So, this time taking the lead, as he fully knew what Tom was angling for, the Commander said: “I don’t suppose that you would like me to give you a taste of this rod here and now, would you? You know it would be a bit like our first encounter in your bothy with the birch: a first for you and a first for me. It would be sort of a repeat performance, but with a different implement.”

    “I really was beginning to think sir that you might never ask. I am just dying sir, for you to give me a taste of that delicious looking cane across my arse.”

    So Tom dropped his pants with alacrity and bent over one of the beating stools. The commander looked at him and made a slight adjustment to the height of the back to ensure that Tom’s essential anatomy was correctly positioned and stood over him with the cane ready in his hand.

    “These people really have thought of everything, sir; even an adjustable padded back rail across the top to ensure that the poor sod’s arse is in the right position to cane. Go ahead sir; go to it; don’t hold back; you know me now; I really enjoy pain; so just lay it on as hard as you can.

    The Commander never ceasing to marvel at Tom’s deep masochistic streak, gave him one good stroke across the middle of his arse. The cane was so flexible that it bent itself to the contours of both buttocks and produced one long, livid, wrap-round cut, which rapidly began to turn red. Urged on, as before , by Tom, the Commander went on to give him another eleven cuts, twelve in all, by which time Tom’s arse was a mass of bruises.

    “That was absolutely great sir,” said Tom, “I enjoyed that every bit as much as the birching you gave me the other week. Now, sir, are you going to sooth me as before?”

    “Oh, knock it off now Tom; let’s call a spade a spade. You wanted me to beat you, which is why you are here and now you want me to fuck your hole. So, let’s drop all pretence. You want to have your arse whacked hard on a regular basis and then have your hole fucked and I am happy to do both for you. So, stay where you are, spread your legs a bit so that I can get my cock into you and away we go. Oh, and I have taken a leaf from your book, in that I have some oil here to help us on our way.”

    And so, the Commander again fucked his young grounds-man and they both enjoyed every minute of it. When it was all over, the Commander again impressed on Tom the need to remain silent, repeating what he had already told the young man about the criminality in the eyes of the law of the sex act they had just indulged in.

    “But sir, we are only doing what lots of other men do together, and men I might add, in public life.”

    “Quite true Tom; but the fact remains that under the law we, and they too for that matter, are committing a crime, for which we could all be imprisoned. So please, this relationship has to remain strictly private, just between you and me as we have agreed. Now, as this is a school and as I am a master and as you are, sort of, a pupil, I will now do what masters in public school traditionally do, when they have just thrashed a boy.”

    “And what would that be sir?”

    “I shall make you a cup of cocoa!”

    Tom Barraclough laughed.

    Thus began a summer of encounters between the Commander and Tom. What had been foreseen as a meeting every other Friday quickly turned into a weekly event. Neither the Commander nor Tom could get enough of each other. But the Commander refused to beat Tom other than every alternate Friday, as he thought his arse would never recover from the thrashing it received. He continued to be amazed by the masochistic attitude of the young man towards punishment; Tom could not get enough of either birch or cane and revelled in letting the Commander ream his hole on each occasion.

    “Tom,” said the Commander, “I know it is I who have to do the thrashing and that that is what you want, but have you ever thought that you might like to give me a return bout with your own cock? Have you never had any desire to fuck me in much the same was as I do to you? Don’t get me wrong, I really enjoy doing what I do, but I just thought that you might like to exercise your own cock for a change.”

    “Oh no sir;I think not. It would be quite disrespectful of me sir, to attempt to do to you, sir, what you do to me. You are an older man, sir, whom I respect enormously and you have truly given me all I want. One day, I will perhaps find a partner more of my own age with whom I feel I can explore the full gamut of a male partnership; but for the moment, sir, I prefer that we keep things as they are. I am really glad you are able to beat me, which I much enjoy; and the sex we have together is great for me. But, sir, for the moment I cannot honestly, with the best will in the world, bring myself to switch roles. I do hope that you understand sir; so please sir, let’s just leave things as they are; there is no point in upsetting the applecart!

    Tom had always been most respectful to the Commander and never addressed him other than by his title and always peppered his remarks with the word sir. Tom was not quite so obsequiously humble as Dickens’s Uriah Heap, but he certainly knew his place in the highly structured British class system of the day. The above conversation took place just after the Commander had finished thrashing Tom’s arse with a pickle-rod. He reflected for a moment before continuing and then said: “Listen Tom; I know that I normally fuck with you bent over the chair, but tonight I want it to be different; I want us to be closer together as we have sex, so come to bed with me and stay the night with me here, this time.”

    Tom did not seem to object; so the Commander led him from his punishment room into his private living quarters and into one of the bedrooms. There he stripped the young man totally naked and saw for the first time what a magnificent stud Tom truly was. Tom had a very muscular physique and was well endowed with that most important piece of male equipment which resided between the legs; Tom had, in fact, a truly magnificent cock, long and thick and, totally unexpected for an Englishman at that period, his cock had been beautifully circumcised, which drew attention to his large knob, set off by an excellent rim. All in all, Tom was sexually a highly desirable young man; the Commander was literally drooling as he pulled the young man into bed with him.

    Well, the upshot was that the Commander could not keep his hands of Tom and spent the entire night with him exercising his own meat on Tom’s arse until he could cum no more. It was, for the Commander, one of the best sexual encounters he had ever had.

    But, as the Commander had foreseen, all good things must eventually come to an end and the liaison with Tom no exception; but, it came suddenly and abruptly without warning.

    One Friday evening, Tom arrived as usual at the Commander’s study, knocked and entered, but this time he was not alone; he was accompanied by a tall, well-built muscular young man, whom he introduced to the Commander as my friend David Sykes.

    The Commander looked at David and said laughingly: “Don’t tell me Tom, that you have brought me another candidate who wants his arse roasting.”

    “Oh, no sir, nothing at all like that at all; indeed, sir, quite the contrary. You see I wanted you to meet David, with whom I have become very friendly these last few weeks. David works as a farrier in Mr. Jenning’s smithy on the edge of town and well, we two met a couple of months ago in the local pub and since then we have become very friendly; inseparable in fact; I’m sure you know what I mean sir.” Tom concluded, sheepishly, with a faint air of embarrassment.

    The Commander could already see where this conversation was leading, but said nothing and allowed Tom to continue.

    “Well sir, it’s like this sir, as I was saying;, Dave and I have become really very close, if you see what I mean sir; so much so that we are thinking of moving in together. You see, sir, to be frank, we have now been lovers for the last two months and we now both want to be together on a regular basis. And sir, since I met Dave, my masochistic urges, which are what brought you and me together, sir, have totally disappeared. You see, sir, now that Dave and I are having regular sex together, I no longer feel the need to have my arse beaten; that desire has totally vanished. And now that we are together as equals, in that we both share identical sex experiences with each other. In other words sir, it is now as you suggested, to me once some time ago, that Dave not only serves me but I do the same for him’ and so sir, both he and I feel totally fulfilled.”

    And so it would have gone on, has the Commander, who now understood completely the situation, not cut Tom short.

    “Tom, I am very happy for you that you have found a partner with whom you feel you can live your life to the full. I have been very happy with our unique relationship; to put it very crude; you being beaten and fucked and I being the beater and the fucker. Ours cannot in any way be described as having been an idyllic relationship, but one which I, like you, have enjoyed enormously these past few months. I always knew that our time together would one day come to an end and that day seems now to have arrived; arrived somewhat abruptly;, but arrived nevertheless.

    “Oh sir, I am so sorry sir, too have sprung this on you so suddenly; I really am sir; but now you know and I truly think that our relationship has to end and my Friday visits to your study have got to stop. I truly do sir; but I do hope, sir, that you understand. It’s just that things have changed so much for me these last couple of months and I didn’t know how to tell you what had happened. Don’t worry sir, about my making the birches; I’ll still go on doing that as long as I am working here as head grounds-man. And as far as the bothy is concerned, if it’s all right with you, I’ll still keep the use of it and be there every day from eight until six; but next week, I am moving in with Dave in his rooms above the smithy.”

    “Tom: go no further; it’s all fine. You are a young man and you seem to seem to have found your partner in life, so you must do what you think is right. Dave, I do not know you, but you look like a decent sort of chap and I hope that you and Tom will be happy together. So, there it is; go with my blessing. But just one word of warning; the life you are contemplating together, which is based on a homosexual relationship, is, as I have repeatedly told Tom, strictly against the benighted laws of this land and if you are caught together, in what the law describes as an unnatural act, then you risk being sent to gaol. So, boys, please, please, be discrete in what you do and don’t flaunt your relationship in front of other people. Remember, the saying, discretion is the better part of valour. Just keep that thought in mind.”

    To anyone who knew anything at all about the true character of Commander Pratt-Mainwaring, this speech was an eye-opener, for it showed that there was a softer side to him, when he wished to reveal it. It was clear that he had truly liked Tom and his extraordinary relationship with him; but he had known all along that that they had had together would someday end; ti was just that the end had come so abruptly; but he now quite genuinely wished the two young men well. And so it was that the brief interlude between the Commander and his grounds man came to an abrupt end; happily with no acrimony.

    CHAPTER 7

    With the opening of the school now scheduled for September, the Commander had just too much work to allow the demise of his liaison with Tom Barraclough to detract him from his labours. He arranged for all the teaching staff and the eight warders to come to the school for a pre-term orientation session. On this occasion, Commander Pratt-Mainwaring made it abundantly clear to all present that he and he alone was in charge and that his orders were to be followed with no deviation. As he pointed out to those assembled, they would collectively be responsible for the education and well being of some 200 boys aged sixteen to twenty; moreover for a group of boys, who to say the least, were all in some way delinquent; boys who had not conformed to the normal code of conduct in the society in which they lived, and for that reason they have been sent to this institution, in an attempt to set them on the right path in life.

    “Gentlemen; I do not know if you are aware of the fact, but in its infinite wisdom, the Department of Education has decided to intern in this very school, the worst offenders who are at present distributed throughout this country in various other correctional establishments. Therefore, as our first intake this autumn, we are dealing not with the normal run of young offenders, who have been sentenced by the courts to a spell in an approved school, but what might well be described as the scum de la scum of juvenile delinquents. That, gentlemen, is what we are going to have to contend with.”

    He wnet on: “These boys, in general, are the worst young rebels against society: tear-aways, who have no respect for the law or for the people around them and as such must be under constant control and supervision. They have to be taught to toe the line of what is generally considered acceptable behaviour in this country. If they so much as deviate by an inch from the straight and narrow; if they break the rules in any way; then they will be severely punished. I am myself, a great believer in the old maxim, spare the rod and spoil the child and that will be our guiding light in this establishment as long as I am in charge. So, all of you, please forget any thoughts you may have of gentle rehabilitation. This school will be run on lines of a military establishment; the cane and birch will be used, without question, on any boy who needs correction. And when I say used, I mean applied with vigour to the miscreant’s naked buttocks. If a boy is to be beaten, then it must be done thoroughly and it must hurt. A few light taps with a cane are totally unacceptable in the environment in which we find ourselves today.”

    “As for the administration of formal corporal punishment; this will be exclusively in my hands and those of the eight warders. Those of you in the teaching staff who feel a boy has overstepped the bounds and is need of correction will be required to fill out a punishment citation which will be brought to me by the errant youth in question. Boys with slips will be either punished by me personally in my study, or will, on Friday evenings after supper, go to the general punishment room where they will be beaten either by me of by one of the senior warders.”

    “Now, as you, the teaching staff will have no recourse to the cane yourselves, to correct the minor infractions which will inevitably arise in your classes, if you feel a boy is out of line, simply send him out of the room. I am talking here about really minor infractions, which do not merit a written citation, but which must always, and I repeat here the word always, be met with some form of immediate sanction, otherwise order will give way to chaos. I am a great believer in the maxim Give a boy and inch and he will take a mile. Well in this school not a single inch will ever be ceded to a boy. The rules will be strictly obeyed and if broken, punishment will be automatic.”

    “So, any boy sent out of the classrooms for any kind of misbehaviour whatsoever is obliged immediately to go and stand in the corridor, outside the punishment room door. At each change of period, where there is a five minute recess, one of the warders will be present at the punishment room and the miscreants waiting there will automatically be caned. There will be no questions asked and no answers called for; the boys will automatically be caned.”

    “There will be a simple standard procedure; each boy will drop his pants, bend across he beating stool and the warder on duty will give him six good cuts across his naked buttocks with the pickle-rod. So, gentlemen, as you can see, the cane will be in use the entire day; at each change of period; four times in the morning and three times in the afternoon. And woe betide any boy who has been expelled from a class and who then fails to present himself at the punishment room;  for he will be dealt with by me personally and I can tell you that six cuts will seem as the touch of a feather compared to what such deceitful boys will get from me by way of retribution.”

    “So, gentlemen, there you have it; the cane will be at your disposition via the strong arms of the warders, throughout the teaching day. And so, gentlemen, I see no reason why you cannot maintain perfect order in your classrooms and I shall expect nothing less from each and every one of you.”

    “Now, in addition to this formal punishment schedule, the warders, who over and above their duties as Housemasters, are also responsible for physical education and sports as well as for general discipline around the school, will always each carry a cane and will be able to apply instant, on the spot correction to any boy who deserves it. Gentlemen, let us be quite clear; the cane and the birch will be in regular use in this establishment and good manners and behaviour will be inculcated into these delinquent boys in the time honoured English way; they will be thrashed. As for evenings, when classes are over and the boys are in their respective houses, then discipline there will be entirely left to the discretion of each Housemaster, whose study is well equipped for the purpose. Now, are there any questions?”

    The Commander’s authoritative manner was such that it completely discouraged any questions at all and after he had finished his speech, there was dead silence; there was a clear understanding by everyone present, that Commander Pratt-Mainwaring was in charge; firmly in charge; and that the staff had to do his bidding; the Commander was not a man to be crossed; that was very clear! This was not an establishment where discussion as to actions took place; the word consensus was not in the vocabulary of the moment; the Commander alone decided and that was that. As remarked earlier, power corrupts and absolute power corrupts absolutely and here was an example of this maxim taking place before everyone’s eyes: Commander Pratt– Mainwaring ruled as an absolute monarch!

    The meeting was quickly closed. What the teaching staff thought of this, we shall never know; but I imagine that many of them were disappointed that they could not wield a cane themselves; for there is always among the teaching profession a certain element which enjoys beating its pupils and indeed, well into the middle of the twentieth century, it was quite normal for a master to thrash boys in front of their peers in the classroom. As for the eight warders, well they were delighted with their authority and looked forward to exercising it with vigour; which as we shall see later, they did; for in their own way the four senior warders, each of whom headed up a house, were as ruthless as was the Commander.

    CHAPTER 8

    September soon arrived and with it, the first intake of delinquents. The Commander had organised the four wings as separate houses each run by two warders, in order to facilitate the keeping of order in the school. Each house, which he had named after one of Eastern counties, Norfolk, Suffolk, Essex and Cambridge, was intended inculcate into its member a sense of belonging and loyalty and, in the time honoured methods of the English public schools, as a means of fielding four competitive teams on the sports field. As the boys arrived, they were separated alphabetical into groups by age and were then assigned randomly to one of the houses, the only criterion being to give each house approximately the same age distribution. By the end of the month, the school already had its full complement of 200 boys and was settling down into its daily routine.

    The Commander brought his eight warders together and told them that, in order to show the boys the way the school would be run and discipline enforced, it would be a good idea if at least five or six boys received a good caning in the first few days of their arrival.

    “I think that we need to show the whole school that we are serious about obedience; so take even the slightest misdemeanour as an excuse to wield the cane. There is nothing, absolutely nothing at all, in my view like the crack of the cane across a boy’s bare arse to make him come to order and as a warning to the rest. So, do not hesitate; if in doubt, just whack butt and if you can do it so that the other boys are aware of what happens when rules are disobeyed, all to the better.”

    The warder who was Housemaster of Norfolk, a muscular twenty-five year old called Marcus Selby and his assistant, of similar build, by the name of John Summers, together formed a formidable team. They rapidly came to be known and feared as S and S by the boys in their house and were very thorough in their execution of the Commander’s wishes. For them it was going to be a pleasure to thrash a good number of their charges in the first few weeks of their arrival; pour encourager les autres as the French would have said. As did all the warders, both men always walked around carrying a cane and were not slow to give an odd whack to the arse of any unsuspecting youth whom they thought had overstepped the line.

    “Pick up that piece of paper you have just dropped, you untidy boy.” Followed by a couple of whacks of the cane cross his trousers.

    “Walk boy, when you are in the building. This is not the playing field or a race track.” Whack, whack.

    “Stand up straight boy; don’t slouch.” Whack, whack

    “Don’t talk so loudly boy.” Whack– whack.

    You can see the sort of piffling offences which Selby seized upon to justify administering a few short sharp, but nonetheless painful cuts to any errant boy’s seat And it was just the same in the other three houses. The Housemasters and their assistants, with the authorised rattan cane glued into their hands so that it seemed almost an integral part of their bodies, cracked down on boys for the slightest of reasons; it was instant retribution for any offence, so often imagined rather than real; no discussion; no explanation; just a few short sharp painful cuts given on the spot.

    But this was not the level of punishment the Commander had envisaged; what he wanted was a more dramatic scenario, with the errant youth being beaten first subjected to verbal chastisement before eventually being thrashed. He wanted all the boys to realise that if they broke the rules that they would suffer excruciating pain for it; and this realization had to come from the fate of a few unfortunate lads who were to be made examples of. And so, the Housemasters had to find upon some real offences being committed so that they could haul the offender off to their studies and give him a proper naked arse thrashing, with all the due process and ceremony. Thus, to meet the Commander’s wishes, the Housemasters forced themselves to become extremely vigilant, in their attempts to find fault with their charges.

    Selby and his assistant Housemaster took to inspecting the dormitories every evening, both before and after lights-out: gas lights that is, for we are here in an age before the general availability of electric light. In fact, modern though the school was for its day, in 1899 when the building worked was commenced, the school had no electricity at all; some would have said it was that mythical period, the good old days. Today, we could think it rather primitive, but that is the way it then was. Anyway, Selby’s detailed inspection of the four separate fifteen bed dormitories which his house contained proved a treasure trove for the offence seeking S and S duo. They were amazed by what they discovered and just how inventive the boys were.

    Selby himself quietly entered one dorm some fifteen minutes after lights out, to find that two of the boys, Johnson and Sefton, had somehow obtained matches and were reading some book or other by candle light. They were promptly marched off, in their pyjamas, to Selby’s study and subjected to a severe verbal dressing down  before being thrashed.

    “From where did you get the matches? You could have started a fire and burned the place down.” Said Selby.

    Sefton, who seemed to wish to act as spokesman for the pair, said: “We had them when we arrived here, sir, and we saw no harm in lighting the candles in order to read.”

    “Hand over immediately any matches you still have; you know the rule; lights out at 9 p.m. and no talking or other activity thereafter. You boys are there to sleep, so that you can stay awake during your classes next day. And, I am very surprised at you; you are both nearly eighteen years old and should be setting an example to the younger boys and here you are flagrantly breaking the rules in front of them; and for that I propose to beat you.”

    “Please sir, we promise we won’t do it again. It was only once that we did what we did and we really meant no harm. It was just the first time.”

    But, as you can well imagine these words fell on deaf ears.

    Selby walked across to the pickle-rod container, withdrew a cane from the brine, wiped of the excess liquid, placed it in its handle, swished it through the air and said.

    “Now, the pair of you; do you know what this is?”

    “It’s a cane sir, isn’t it?”

    “Very observant of you to realize that fact; but have you any idea what kind of cane this is? Just take a closer look at it and you will see that it is thin and flexible; much thinner and much more flexible than the normal rattan cane which Mr. Summers and I carry around with us during the day. Moreover, you will have noticed that it has been soaking in water, in fact in brine: a solution of salt in water. And do you know why? Probably not! Well, let me explain to you young miscreants; this cane is made of a very special type of rattan which absorbs its own weight in water from the soaking, which makes it twice as heavy as a normal cane. But that is not all, for being thin, it is also much more flexible. Do you two lucky lads know what all this adds up to? Probably not! Well let me enlighten you further. This cane, which we call a pickle- rod because of its soaking in brine, can be considered the nec plus ultra of canes for administering corporal punishment to the behinds of errant boys like you. Do you know what nec plus ultra means? Probably not! Well let me enlighten you still further. It means the best or most extreme example of something. So there, boys, you have it, your backsides are going to be treated to the very best and extreme example of the cane. Quite simply, as you are now going to find out, this is just the most painful of all canes; indeed it is considered by many as the equal of the birch, of which I am sure you have both heard, or even possibly experienced in your previous tearaway careers.”

    Of course. Selby had really no idea whether what he was telling these two boys about the painful attribute of the pickle-rod were true or not, for neither he nor Summers had ever used it seriously on anyone. But, by treating the boys to a verbal tirade; telling them what it was and what it was going to do to them, he hoped that when they went back to their dormitory after the beating he was now going to administer, that they would, by relating what had happened to their house mates, inculcate a feeling of dread into their dorm mates.

    “Johnson; you first. Drop your pyjama trousers and bend across the back of this stool.”

    Now it is a fact that for all their braggadocio, working class boys, such as Johnson and Sefton, are much shyer about exposing what they refer to as their privates to other people, even to their classmates. Public school boys, in general, have no inhibitions about flaunting their all before anyone and everyone, as they have, from a tender age at prep schools, been pushed in at the deep end of a rigid education system where nothing at all remains private for long. Any public school boy having been given the order which Johnson  had just received would have obeyed forthwith and bent across the chair to receive his punishment; it was all part and parcel of his world. But not so Johnson, who was aghast at the thought of having to expose himself to his Housemaster and to his friend. And so he started to protest.”

    “But sir, you are not going to make me drop my pants here, in front of you and Sefton; you are not going to cane my bare bum, are you? I don’t want that!”

    ”Johnson, you are arguing with me and I suggest that you stop right now. What you want or do not want is a matter of no concern to me; just do as I say; for if you persist, then I shall give you six extra cuts, which will bring your total up to eighteen stokes of the cane. So, boy, for the last time, drop your pants and do as I have told you; bend across the chair and present your arse to me boy, for punishment.

    Johnson finally did as he was told, but with great reluctance and the Housemaster noticed, as is often the case when an adolescent knows he is about to be beaten, that Johnson was sporting a rock hard erection. And it has to be said that Johnson was a well set up young stud, who would, eventually make someone very happy; the boy had nothing to be ashamed off; indeed, quite the contrary!

    Sefton, meanwhile had said nothing at all, but was clearly frightened by what he knew was also going to happen to him; Selby noticed that Sefton too had a pronounced erection, brought on just by watching and listening to what has transpired so far. It was a very homoerotic moment for all of them; Housemaster, assistant Housemaster and the two boys, for both S and S were sporting their own erections, which they tried, somewhat unsuccessfully to hide.

    Selby, adjusted the back of the special beating stool to ensure that Johnson’s arse was in the perfect position for his assault with the cane, swished it around a few times to heighten the drama of the proceedings and then began to tap Johnson’s cheeks, preparatory to making his first stroke.

    “Sefton; perhaps you would be good enough to count the strokes for your friend; I would hate to give him too few or, on the other hand, too many. You will call out the number, there will be twelve cuts in all, and I will then make the stroke after each call.”

    “One,” said Sefton.

    “One what?” bellowed the Housemaster.

    Poor Sefton had not the faintest idea what he had done wrong, but he was quickly apprised of his error by his Housemaster.

    “Sefton; where are your manners? You are totally and utterly disrespectful in the way you just addressed me and I can see that I shall have to teach you an additional lesson. You have to understand, boy, that you do not address any master in this school in the way you have just addressed me. It is not One; it is One, sir. Do I make myself clear? For your insolence I shall give you three extra strokes when I put you cross this chair after I have finished correcting your friend here.”

    And then Selby started to beat Johnson’s arse in earnest. He was amazed just what the pickle-rod did to the boy’s buttocks with each stroke. The cane, due to its flexibility, wrapped itself right around the boy’s cheeks and each stroke produced a long, thin livid welt, which rapidly turned red.

    So each of the next eleven strokes of this truly awful cane landed with a resounding crack on Johnson’ arse. The Housemaster measured every stroke carefully, placing each of them side by side so that both cheeks were crossed with angry red furrows. The final stroke, he placed cross-wise, to hold the preceding eleven cuts together, as it were. It was a virtuoso piece of beating with a vicious implement and poor Johnson could hardly get up from the chair after the twelfth stroke had finally landed across his arse. He had not let out any sound during this entire time and hobbled silently across to stand at the side of his friend, Sefton, who was now on the verge of tears at the thought of what he was now about to happen to him.

    Johnson stood there silently, wondering what was about to happen as the Housemaster was looking at him with a truly baleful expression, which somehow boded ill for the young man.

    “Johnson, where are your manners? I am already going to correct Sefton for his lack of respect in addressing me; but where, boy, on earth, are your manners. And this in an ever more hectoring tone of voice.”

    Johnson hadn’t the faintest idea of what he had now done wrong and looked enquiringly at the Housemaster.

    “Johnson; when a master has had the generosity of spirit to correct you, it is customary, no, it is mandatory, for you to thank him for his diligence. I did not hear any such thanks from you and I see you need to be taught a further lesson. Resume your position across the beating stool immediately.”

    Johnson looked incredulous, and unwilling, but he had by now realized that it was best to obey his Housemaster without question. So he again lowered is pyjamas and was given another three cuts of that horrible implement across his already battered arse.

    “Sefton; assume the position and prepare to take your punishment. You Johnson, will now count the strokes: fifteen in all. And I heartily recommend you to learn from Sefton’s mistake as the three additional strokes I am going to give him will remind him.”

    The Housemaster then went ahead and gave Sefton the same treatment as he had just meted out to Johnson. Poor Sefton did not have the same stiff upper lip as Johnson and wept copiously as blow followed blow. When the Housemaster had finished, he told the boys to get back into their night clothes and go back to their beds.

    Once the boys had left the study, Selby turned to the assistant Housemaster, Summers and said: “Well I think that went very well, don’t you? I have to say that until tonight I had never ever used the legendary pickle-rod on any arse; but, let me tell you it gave me great satisfaction to see those two you miscreants shudder as I brought the cane down on their posteriors. I think that we are onto a winner here. My God, it looked bloody painful and I should think that the arses of those two lads will get a great deal of admiration from their dormitory mates. Now, my friend, if you are not too tired, how about we take a look at another of our dormitories and see if we can catch any more fish?”

    So the two of them went very quietly to the second of the four dormitories under their care and listened quietly at the door. There was a strange noise coming from within, and Selby flung the door open, to find a pillow fight going on in the almost complete darkness.

    “Stop what you are doing, immediately.” roared Mr. Selby. Mr. Summers, could I trouble you to go back to my study and bring two of the very excellent pickle-rods here, for I see we have a great deal of work to do before the night is out. Right, boys, while we wait for the canes to be brought, I want all of you to take off your pyjama trousers and bend over the end of your beds. Now, the lot of you, jump to it or it will be more painful for you than you are all probably now thinking; and don’t think, any of you, that what is shortly going to happen to you will be painless; nothing could be less from the truth.

    “A loan voice piped up and said, Please sir, do I have to do it as well as I was not involved in the fight.”

    “No exceptions; the whole lot of you, innocent or guilty, are going to have your backsides thrashed. Ah, here is Mr. Summers with the necessary equipment, which I can assure you is very, very painful when correctly applied, as you are all now about to find out.”

    Selby turned to his colleague and said in a low voice: “Listen, Summers; I suggest is that we each wield a cane and give each of six boys ten good hard cuts across their naked arses. That should teach them a lesson they will not forget in a hurry. Let’s begin at the far end, with each of us taking one side of the room and, for the sake of drama to strike the fear of God into the lads as we roast their buns for them, let’s try to synchronise our strokes so that two boys feel the cane across their arses simultaneously. And, by the way, don’t hold back; lay the cane on good and hard so that they know they have had a proper beating; it’s got to be painful for them otherwise we are wasting our time.”

    And that is exactly what two Housemasters did. The boys were all aged between fifteen and twenty and some of the younger ones were quickly reduced to tears, for, as we have already learned, the pickle-rod is a very potent and painful tool. But justice, if justice it was, was done quickly and when the the whole thing was over as some twelve chastened lads pulled back on their pyjamas, lined up to thank the two masters for their punishment and climbed back into bed, where they all spent a fairly uncomfortable night.

    “All in all a very satisfactory evening’s work, I think,” said Mr. Selby to his assistant Housemaster, Mr. Summers, “Very satisfactory indeed.”

    So literally in their first week at the school no less than fourteen of the boys in Norfolk House had had their arses thoroughly beaten, a fact which would make the Commander very happy once he learned of it.

    “You know,” said Mr. Selby to his colleague, “I think with a bit of luck we can find enough misdemeanours so that by the end of the month we can have lavished the painful delights of this magnificent implement on most of our little flock.”

    “Yes,” said Mr. Summers, with a hint of Schadenfreude in his voice, “I wholeheartedly agree with you; it shouldn’t be too difficult and it will give the two of us something to work towards: a goal: an objective; not to mention the pleasure one gets from thrashing a pair of good firm buttocks. I can hardly wait: I get hard just thinking about it! Now, I think that for tonight we have done enough and I just wondered if you would like to relax with me.”

    “Sounds a great idea. What exactly had you in mind?”

    “Well, I thought that you might enjoy a little, how shall I put it delicately, anal stimulation; I know I would.”

    “That sounds absolutely perfect. I always say that there is nothing like a good hard fuck to round off a busy day”

    And with that the two Housemasters went off to together for an evening of intensive copulation.

    CHAPTER 9

    The events of the previous chapter, describing what happened in Norfolk House during the first few days after the boys arrived at the school were, in fact, replicated in the other three houses, Suffolk, Essex and Cambridge. The wardens acting as Housemasters and assistants were just as perspicacious as had been Selby and Summers in finding fault with enough of their charges to ensure that a goodly number had their arses beaten within the first week of their arrival at the school. The honours undoubtedly went to Cambridge House, where the two Housemasters in charge were particularly zealous in their task and managed to find excuses to beat no less than half of their inmates during the first five days of the term.

    The Commander, reviewing the results at a staff meeting at the end of the first week, expressed himself highly satisfied with the way the each house had produced an adequate quota of boys who had been beaten; they served as an example to the rest of what they could expect if they broke the rules; even the minor ones. So the cane reigned supreme at Moulton-Midmarsh more or less from day one of its opening. And not a day went by but some poor lad’s arse was subjected to a painful dose of the cane.”

    As yet, the Commander himself had not had the pleasure, and let us not mince words, for he considered it a pleasure, as did all the warders, to beat anybody; there was a strong sadistic thread running through the entire supervisory staff of the school, from the Commander on downwards; and the Commander himself was already beginning to feel that he was missing out by allowing the warders such a free hand with the cane. But then he realized that this was the end of the week and he could collect the punishment citations filled in by the members of the teaching staff who, you will remember, were not themselves allowed to administer corporal punishment to their pupils.

    He was delighted to see that he had no less than ten referrals of boys to be dealt with. Most of the cases were for relatively minor misdemeanours and could be dealt with rapidly with a few cuts of the pickle-rod, which he duly did that Friday evening after supper, when all the boys on referral lined up outside his study and waited to be beaten; and beat them he did; never less than ten hard cuts across the naked buttocks and often twelve, if he felt a boy really deserved it.

    But among the names on that first list was one referral, of a boy called Colin McGregor, who had grossly insulted his mathematics teacher. So, the Commander, having read that master’s citation, referred to McGregor’s file to find that he was a hardened dissenter and had caused trouble in two other institutions where he had been confined since he was fifteen years old. This boy, now approaching eighteen years of age, thought the Commander, is the ideal candidate for a good birching, as he was eager to try out the latest birch rod delivered by Mr. Barraclough just that morning.

    CHAPTER 10

    McGregor had been made to wait until his classmates had been thrashed and left before being called into the Commander’s study, where he now stood in front of the Commander, who was seated behind his desk.

    “Don’t slouch, boy. Stand up straight when you are in my presence. McGregor isn’t it? Are you a Scot then?”

    “No sir, I’m a Londoner. My grandfather was from Glasgow and moved south and my father and then I were both born in London. In fact, sir, I have never been to Scotland, in spite of my name.”

    “I suppose you know why you are here in front of me this evening. According to Mr. Carruthers who was trying to teach you elementary mathematics, you were constantly disrupting his class and when he told you to behave yourself, according to what I read here in this citation for punishment, you threatened him in with some quite disgusting language. Perhaps you would care to repeat to me here and now exactly what you said to Mr. Carruthers, so that there is no misunderstanding between us; for this, let me tell you, boy, is a very, very serious matter which I propose to deal with in an equally serious way.”

    “I can’t remember any more sir, what I said in class to Mr. Carruthers sir.”

    “I suggest you try to refresh your memory and recall, here and now, what you said McGregor”

    “Sorry sir, I don’t know what I said; I just can’t remember sir.”

    “McGregor, I do not believe you. Take of your clothes; get stripped boy and I will try help you remember what you now claim to have forgotten.”

    “Take of my clothes; what, now, here sir, in front of you?”

    “No time like the present, boy. So, just do as I say; strip off and don’t argue!”

    “I’m not arguing with you sir; but why do you want me to take off my clothes sir?”

    “McGregor; arguing or not, you do not seem to understand that when I tell you to do something, you jump to and do it boy. Yours is not to reason why, but to obey; that is the way things are done around here; now, boy, for the last time, get stripped; and button up your lip; I can tell you now, that you are just making things worse for yourself.”

    McGregor finally realized that the Commander meant business; really meant what he said, so he very slowly started to take of his clothes. The Commander looked at him balefully.

    “McGregor, I do not have all night; get on with it boy; strip off and I mean everything; I want you naked in front of me in the next thirty seconds; just get a move on boy; you are trying my patience to the limit.”

    “But, sir, you don’t really mean everything, do you. You don’t want me…”

    McGregor’s voice tailed off as it finally came home to him that the Commander meant exactly what he said and finally his last piece of underwear fell the floor. And with the embarrassment of finding himself naked in front of the Commander, with that reflex, so typical of men in the position he now found himself, he placed his hands in a cup, to cover his crown jewels; a simple act of modesty; a means of retaining what scrap of dignity he might still have. But the Commander was having none of it.

    “McGregor, pick up those clothes you have thrown on to the floor, fold them and place them neatly over that chair behind you. I cannot and will not tolerate your sloppy ways in my study: and when you have done that, face me, put your hands on your head and stay that way until I tell you otherwise; and then turn around so that I can get a good look at you; I always like to see a boy’s  arse before I beat it.”

    What the Commander finally saw, now that he had got the young man naked in front of him, was a fine young body, well muscled and proportioned, with a large cock – nothing at all to be ashamed of – and a superb arse, sporting a magnificent pair of buttocks, just made for thrashing. The Commander felt himself getting hard with anticipation of what he now intended to do to the boy.

    ‘Now, McGregor, for the last time, repeat to me what you said to Mr. Carruthers.’

    ‘I’ve already told you twice sir that I don’t remember. How can tell you something I don’t remember sir?’ This was said in a rather truculent manner which did not help matters,

    “‘McGregor; how dare you adopt such an insolent tone of voice with me; have you no manners at all? Have you any idea of whom you are addressing? Let me tell you boy, that I do not believe you; you, boy, are a liar and in a moment I shall expose you as such. Now, you see that stool over there, boy; bend over it and position your buttocks so that I can start to jog your memory.”

    McGregor looked at the beating stool with trepidation;, but by now conscious of the fact that he could do nothing but do as he was bidden by the Commander, he went across to the stool and positioned himself across it. The commander walked across and selected a pickle-rod from its bath, fixed in it in its handle and stepped across to the chair, where he made a slight adjustment to the height of the back rail, thereby setting the boy’s buttocks in what he considered the perfect place to apply the cane.

    Ready now to start applying the cane to McGregor’s arse, the Commander paused for a moment and admired the two luscious globes of unmarked flesh which the young man was now presenting to him for punishment. As he gazed upon this delightful prospect, getting ever harder himself at the thought of what he was now going to do, the Commander saw that this boy had not had his buttocks beaten for quite some time, for they look so virginal; not a mark on them; but that was just about to change; they would be a colourful picture by the time the Commander had finished with them.

    “McGregor, do you know what this is?” asked the Commander, waving he cane around in front of McGregor’s face.

    “Yes sir; it’s a cane sir; isn’t it?

    “And when exactly, Mcgregor, was the last time your arse had an encounter with a cane?”

    “I don’t remember exactly sir; but it was in my previous school before I was transferred here sir.”

    “Well, let me tell you McGrego;, this is a very special cane; it’s been soaking in brine for two weeks to make it very heavy and supple and if a few strokes of this across your buns don’t jog your memory of what you said to Mr. Carruthers, I’ll eat my hat; it’s what I like to call percussive recall therapy.”

    And with that the Commander gave his full attention to the naked flesh before him. He carefully tapped McGregor’s buns, deciding where to place the first stroke and then, with no warning, suddenly raised the cane and brought it down with a resounding crack across McGregor’s naked arse. The boy let out a howl of pain.

    “Sir that really hurt; truly it did sir.” Howled McGregor

    “That my boy, is precisely the point; a beating without pain is an utter waste of time and in this case useless; for remember McGregor, we are trying to help you recollect what you said to Mr. Carruthers.”

    The Commander ended his words by bringing the cane firmly down again across McGregor’s naked buns, where two fine red furrows were already visible.

    “Do you feel, boy, that the therapy I am giving you is bringing your memory back McGregor; or is your mind still a blank”

    Receiving no reply from his patient, the Commander quickly gave McGregor two more hard cuts, by which time the boy had realized that either his memory had better come back or the thrashing he was taking was going to continue.

    “Sir; I think I am beginning to remember what I said to Mr. Carruthers sir.”

    “You think you are beginning to remember,” repeated the Commander with incredulity in his voice, “Or do you actually remember?”

    While McGregor was trying to think what to say next, the Commander profited from the pause to place two more agonisingly painful cuts of the pickle-rod across McGregor’s arse, which was now looking pretty dreadful, lined as it had become with the cuts of the cane.

    “Sir, sir; please stop there; please no more sir; I do now remember what I said to Mr. Carruthers.”

    You see my boy, what a wonderful restorative effect the cane has on the memory.” said the Commander; his voice filled with irony. “Now, stand up, boy, in front of my desk with your hands on your head and repeat to me exactly what you did say to Mr. Carruthers.

    McGregor stood, stark naked, hands on head, cock now fully hard, clearly totally embarrassed (But, frankly, who would not have been, given the circumstances?) McGregor realised that the moment of truth had arrived and that he could no longer beat about the bush; he had to deliver or he would again be across the chair taking even more cuts from that accursedly painful cane.

    “Well sir; I’ll try to tell you as best I can, what I said to Mr. Carruthers.’he began only to be cut short by the Commander.

    ‘McGregor; you just told me that your memory had, miraculously, returned; an event as noteworthy in its own way and just about as credible as the biblical miracle of the turning of water into wine. Now, McGregor, let us understand one another once and for all; either you remember exactly what you said and repeat it to me here and now; or it is clear that you need a little further therapy with the cane to enable you to crystallize your thoughts. So, which is it? Can you repeat to me verbatim what you said to Mr. Carruthers that day in class; or do you want to bend across the chair again and allow me to give you a little more therapy to help you further with our memory?”

    McGregor realized now that he had to deliver; there could be no more beating about the bush. The boy standing there naked in front of the Commander had no means of further defence; but he found great difficulty to give voice again to the actual words he had said to Mr. Caruthers; and when you hear them, you will see why. They were words spoken in anger at the time, and which now, in the cold light of day, sounded even more awful than they had done then. But utter them to Mr. Carruthers he had, and now he had to repeat them to the Commander. So, screwing up his last ounce of courage and completely defeated, he finally told the Commander what he wanted to hear.

    “What I said sir; and I really, truly, honestly did not mean it sir; and it was said in the heat of the moment and I would never ever say such a thing again, sir, was……,” And here his voice tailed off as he steeled himself to repeat what he had actually said. What I said sir, was: “Fuck off you old fart or I will kick you in the balls.” Sir; I am so very, very sorry I said it, and I truly did not mean it sir; honestly I didn’t!”

    By this stage, poor McGregor was practically in tears. In a certain sense one had sympathy with the boy, in the way he had been treated by the Commander, who in wringing those fateful words from him, had, metaphorically, made the boy jump through the hoop. McGregor, already in agony from the cuts he had just received, was nearly dying with embarrassment at his nudity and the fact that he had had to repeat what he had said to Mr. Caruthers. But what little sympathy one might have had for him was lost, when one realized just how vicious and aggressive this young man could be. The Commander looked over his glasses at McGregor, who stood there hands on his head, stark naked and said nothing.

    “Is it all right sir, now that you have beaten me, if I put my clothes back on now sir, as I am beginning to feel cold.”

    “With shades of Oscar Wilde’s Lady Bracknell, the Commander laughed and replied: “McGregor, I shall inform you when you are feeling cold; but just let me tell you, you are not going to feel cold much longer; and no, boy, you may not put your clothes back on, indeed, far from it, as I have not yet finished with you; in fact, I have barely begun.”

    “But sir; you have just beaten me and I have told you what I said to Mr. Carruthers; so please can I get dressed and go back to my house; please sir?”

    “McGregor my boy; you are deluding yourself; let me repeat what I have already told you; the caning you have just received was not a beating in the true sense, but a therapeutic application of the cane to help you recover your lost memory; as such it seems to have been a great success. But now that I have heard what you actually said to Mr. Caruthers, I can well see why he gave you a punishment citation. McGregor, you can try to excuse yourself as often as you wish, but your words to Mr. Caruthers are totally and utterly unforgivable. They show us a vicious side of your character; a trait which I have traced through your file over the several years you have been in an approved institution. What you said cannot be let pass unpunished and it falls to me to administer that punishment. Turn around, boy, and tell me what you see against the wall over there.”

    McGregor tuned his head, looked at what was obviously a beating horse and said to the Commander; “ It looks, sir, like a horse, over which a boy is put to take a beating.”

    “Quite right boy; but did you notice that there are straps to hold the legs and hands of that unfortunate lad in place? Well let me tell you why they are there. Sometimes a boy needs a very thorough beating and, to ensure that he remains still throughout, his arms and legs are strapped down so that he cannot move. Now, McGregor, your remarks to Mr. Carruthers, put you in just such a category. You boy, deserve and I am going to give you, the hardest beating you have ever had. So boy, go and put yourself across the horse and wait for me.”

    The Commander watched as McGregor slowly approached the horse and finally bent over it, allowing the Commander rapidly to attach the straps to his arms and legs. As be bent across this contraption, the Commander adjusted the height so that the boy’s arse was in the perfect position for punishment. He looked with a certain satisfaction at the neat parallel cuts he had given the boy during what he nonsensically had dubbed his therapy session. The cuts were already bright red and beginning to turn a bluish shade and the Commander knew full well that McGregor was already in great pain. But that was nothing compared to the pain he was now going to experience as the Commander prepared to beat the hell out of his backside with the freshly made birch.

    “Sir please sir; what are you going to do to me? You have already given me one beating and now you want to begin again. Please sir, I don’t deserve any more; please sir, I really don’t.”

    “McGregor; button our lip boy; it is I and I alone who decide what you deserve or do not deserve; and let me tell you boy, that after what you said to Mr. Caruthers, if the cat of nine tails were permitted then I would have no hesitation in using it on you. You boy, are the worst type of miscreant that society finds itself obliged to put up with; you, boy, are an utter disgrace; you have no consideration for anyone and if you continue your life in the way you have led it to date, then you will, in all probability, go from this juvenile correction establishment directly to prison; which frankly, may be the best place for you. I can tell you here and now that unless you change your ways, civilized society will have no place for you.”

    “You have asked me what I am going to do to you; well let me just tell you. In that tall bucket over there is soaking a freshly made birch and I am going to use that on your arse. If you think that the caning I just gave you was painful, then all I can tell you is that you have no idea of what you are now going to experience. I hope I have made myself clear; I am going, in the terms you and others of your ilk would probably use, to roast your arse. And McGregor, you will doubtless be delighted to know that you have the honour of being the first person birched by me since the opening of this school earlier this year. Here, boy, bite on this cork; it will help you stand the pain, like a man.”

    The Commander picked the birch out of its bath, shook off the excess water, thrashed it threateningly a few times in the air and then prepared to give McGregor’s arse the attention it so richly merited. And, although corporal punishment was used to excess in the Moulton-Midmarsh school, one has to say, as an independent observer of this little scene, that if ever a boy needed a good birching, then that boy was surely McGregor; he had all the makings of a really nasty and dangerous young man, as his threat to Mr. Caruthers had shown.

    As an instrument of punishment, the birch is unique, in that as it discharges its bounty across the naked arse of the recipient, it fans out and, unlike a single cane, creates a widespread field of pain. The immediate impression of the recipient, as the first stroke lands on his naked flesh – and the birch is always applied to the naked flesh – is that this has not the makings of a particularly awful experience; the pain is there, but at first appears slight and superficial; but as stroke after stroke lands, the pain quickly builds up to be totally excruciating and the birch truly merits its reputation as the king of school corporal punishment implements; it is the one most feared and to be avoided at all costs.

    The Commander applied the birch with as great a force as he could muster and each stroke left those small bruise marks across the buttocks, which when the punishment is complete, colour up and begin to look like some modern impressionistic painting. Stroke after stroke fell on McGregor arse, and he began to emit moans of pain as the beating continued.

    Then after the fifteenth stroke the Commander stopped and said: That’s your lot boy, until the next time, that is! And I suspect there may well be several next times with a lad like you!

    CHAPTER 11

    The Commander left McGregor still strapped over the beating bench and it was obvious from the moans he emitted, that he was clearly in great pain.

    The Commander thought for a moment and then said; “McGregor; do you know what the word buggery means?”

    “I think so sir.”

    “Well then; why don’t you enlighten me and explain to me in simple language, what you understand the word to mean.”

    “McGregor, who like many boys of eighteen who had spent much of their time in rough company and indulging in pastimes of a doubtful nature, was very street wise and knew full well what buggery was; but here he was being ordered by the Commander to explain what it meant! It was one stage worse than having to repeat those embarrassing words he had uttered to Mr. Carruthers. But he knew that the Commander would ultimately force an answer out of him so he frantically searched his brain to find a suitable reply.

    One has to realise that to a relatively uneducated and unsophisticated boy, with little knowledge of other than the most basic English, to attempt to explain to a man who had the power over him, if not of life and death, but to certainly enough to make life for him very, very unpleasant, was a task approaching in its magnitude the first ascent of Everest.

    “Come on boy, you say you know what buggery means; just untie your tongue for once and explain it to me.”

    “Well sir; I really don’t know the proper words to tell you what buggery means; sir; it’s really very difficult for me to explain it to you.”

    “Well McGregor; if you do know what buggery entails; then why don’t you just explain it to me in the words you do know and I will try to understand.”

    The Commander was being very cruel to the poor boy; for he knew full well that McGregor was fully conversant with what the act of buggery entailed; but in the same way as he had found it excruciatingly difficult to repeat the crude words he had said to Mr. Carruthers, so now he had the same difficulty in putting into any form of words, what the act of buggery actually involved.

    “McGregor, if I have to wait all night, you will remain strapped over that horse until you give me an explanation.”

    “Well sir; what actually happens is that one bloke with a hard on sticks his cock up the arsehole of another bloke and fucks him. It’s sort of the same as a man does with a woman, you know, he fucks her, but as you know a man is built differently to a woman and the only hole where he can stick his cock is the other guy’s arsehole; so that’s what he does and that’s what buggery is, sir. The guy with the cock pumps his spunk into the other guy’s hole sir.”

    ‘Well done McGregor! You see you can describe things in your own words, and very graphically, if I may say so. And with that the Commander went over to the horse, untied McGregor and allowed him to stand up.”

    “Get up, McGregor and go and lean across that table there. I’ll get some salve and apply it to your buttocks and you will find that it eases the pain.”

    The Commander went into his bathroom, found the salve but also a bottle of oil, for he had more on his mind than just easing the pain raging in the lad’s arse. He came back and started to massage the pomade into the lad’s wounds and as he did this he went on with the previous theme.

    “So, McGregor, you are really very conversant with the act of buggery. How is it that you know in such graphic detail what it involves? It really does sound, from the way you talk, that you speak from firsthand experience. Come on, lad, out with it, have you indulged in the act yourself?”

    McGregor, who was finding the Commander’s massaging actions on his arse really quite pleasant; it certainly eased the pain quite a bit;– but, again, the Commandeer was pursuing a line of thought that he really did not want to discuss any further; it was getting to be as embarrassing as having been forced to repeat his words to Mr. Carruthers. But the Commander had got the bit firmly between his teeth, was not to be diverted from his course and went on, pressing his question.

    “Come on lad; answer the question; have you or have you yourself indulged in the practice we call buggery or not?”

    All the while, the Commander’s fingers grew more and more assertive with the salve and started moving towards McGregor’s anus. McGregor was soon at his wit’s end and knew that he had to answer; the truth of the matter was that the boy, along with many others, did, in fact, indulge in anal intercourse with his classmates; the lads simply fucked each other as it was their only outlet for their sexual urges, which simply could not be legislated away; urges which were part and parcel of every boy’s and for that matter, man’s life.

    “Sir, when I was in prison, before I came here, one of the warders did have sex with me; several times, in fact!”

    “And did you let him do what he did willingly or did you resist and did you report the incident to the person in charge?”

    “No, sir, I did not report his actions and I could not stop him as he was so much bigger than me at the time it happened.”

    “And since then, here in this school have you and your classmates indulged in this illicit act? Come on boy; I want the truth and I shall know if you are lying; and if you are, let me tell you that the consequences will be be very, very painful indeed. So, just don’t tempt fate; answer me truthfully.

    “Sir we have only been here a few days really and so far, I have had sex just once with my friend and he with me.”

    “You mean that you, as you would put it, stuck your cock up his hole and he then did the same for you?”

    “By this time, McGregor was utterly terrified of what was going to happen to him and was trembling with fear as the Commander’s fingers became ever more probing and started massaging his sphincter”.

    “I see now”continued the Commander, “How it is that you are so familiar with the act in question. And let me now ask you this; do you enjoy this act, either when you are the active partner or when you your friend reams out your own hole?”

    “Well, sir, to be honest, I can’t say that I dislike it, sir, otherwise I would not do it, sir, would I, sir?”

    The Commander thrust is fingers into McGregor’s hole, making the boy wince as he stretched his tight sphincter, then, unbuttoning his own flies to allow his rock hard cock to leap put, he quickly applied a good dose of oil to his tool and, without warning, thrust it hard into McGregor. McGregor let out a moan of pain and then was silent, whilst the Commander pumped away with ever increasing strokes and vigour. He was not long in climaxing and delivered a thick stream of his own creamy cum into the young man’s rectum in a series of vigorous spurts. McGregor, until now totally silent, let out a moan of pleasure.

    “Oh sir, that was wonderful. said McGregor.”

    “Well, lad, as you see, we all need some relief on occasions.” This was the only thing the Commander said as he withdrew himself from the young man.

    The Commander pulled his cock back inside his trousers, buttoned himself up and said to McGregor, reverting to his authoritarian tone,

    I want the name of the boy with whom you indulged in the act of buggery since you came here; come on boy, out with it.”

    The reply came tremblingly from McGregor’s lips: “ It was Armitage sir: Colin Armitage.”

    Poor McGregor felt awful that he had ratted on his pal, Armitage; but what was the poor guy to do? Had he refused to answer, as sure as the sun rises each morning, his arse would have been thrashed to ribbons by the Commander’s fury and that, in his present state of agony, he could not bear to think about. I think any boy in the same position would have done the same and so we should not judge McGregor too harshly for being disloyal to his friend; who in the same place might hat not have done the same?

    S”tand up boy; get dressed and leave.” Said the Commander.

    McGregor grateful to be released, recovered his clothes, pulled them on and left, as he had been bidden. That night in the dormitory, his friend Armitage, along with the other lads, admired McGregor’s arse with awe.

    “Boy, you really did get a beating. I bet it hurt, didn’t it?”

    “It hurt like fucking hell, you idiot, what do you fucking think? And I can tell you the pain is still unbearable; so don’t even begin to think about touching me! Keep the fuck off! You know, you have to hand it to that sodding Commander; he really does know how to handle the cane and the birch. My God, he gave me six of the cane and eighteen of the birch across my naked arse; but I guess after what I said to Carruthers, I deserved it. But you know the best bit? If you can believe it, that old sod then went on to massage my bum with an ointment and finished up actually fucking my hole with his own cock. And d’you know what, he’s as handy with his dick as he is with the cane; but you know what? It was the best fuck, I think I ever had and, well, I did really enjoy it! Oh, and by the way, pal, he forced out me that you and me had had it off together; so lookout for yourself as you might find yourself in for the high jump. Sorry, pal but I had to tell him otherwise I would have had my arse beaten to fucking pulp before he had finished with me.”

    “You reckon he performs better than me with his cock, do you? Listen, if you want, I can give you a quick fuck right now so that you can compare our styles. And if he sends for me, well, it won’t be the first time I’ve taken a beating across my naked arse; and, looking on the bright side, with any luck, he might give me the same sort of treatment as he gave you; I wouldn’t say no to a fuck from the old sod.” concluded Armitage, with a laugh.

    The Commander felt well pleased with his night’s work. He had enjoyed thrashing all the boys he had seen; especially McGregor, who had been the highlight of what had proved an exhilarating evening. But, had the Commander reflected on what he had just done, he would have realized that, with McGregor, he had ventured into what should have been, for him, strictly forbidden territory; but looking at McGregor’ inviting buttocks, he simply had not been able to stop himself.

    The fact was, nevertheless, that here, right at the beginning of his tenure as Warden of Moulton-Midmarsh school, in the first week of the first term, the Commander had started down a dangerous path, which would eventually, several years later, end in his imprisonment and the closure of the school. But it would have required a very farsighted mind at that moment, to grasp the later, potential ramifications of a seemingly casual act of illicit sex.

    The Commander went to bed that night and slept the sleep of the innocent, wondering just before he dropped off, whether or not he should send for Armitage and give him a thrashing; on balance, he rather thought that he would!

    CHAPTER 12

    It was the morning after the Commander had birched and then buggered McGregor. He turned over in his mind what McGregor had told him about his sexual relationship with his friend, Colin Armitage and decided that he was not going to let the opportunity pass to give both lads a good thrashing. Homosexual relationships were forbidden territory in all schools and even though punishable by law, were, nevertheless, quite common. They were tolerated in most public schools, where the attitude of the staff was very much to let sleeping dogs lie.

    But as anyone with the slightest understanding of human nature knows, you can legislate all you wish against any form of sex, but you will not stop it happening; it is just part and parcel of human nature. Of course the British penchants for educating boys completely separated from girls did not help matters; and the public schools, essentially boarding establishments, where the boys had no contact at all with members of the opposite sex, made matters worse. In state schools where the pupils went home each evening, the problem was less pronounced, for boys had contact with girls out of school time. So what were boys, in late adolescence, totally cut off from members of the female sex, expected to do to relieve their totally normal sexual desires? Well the official answer was, of course to wait;, but the actual solution was to fuck one of their school mates.

    Now, the Commander was fully cognisant of all these fact, but he nonetheless felt it his duty to punish offenders if caught in the act. Otherwise, as he himself was not averse to administering a little anal therapy as he would have put it, to his charges; he adopted the attitude of “if we can’t beat ’em, then let’s join ’em” and enjoy part of the fun. So, it was with this rather twisted philosophy that he sent for McGregor and Armitage, in the full knowledge that he intended to roast both their arses. The Commander saw nothing incongruous in the fact that he proposed to beat a boy for the act of buggery with a schoolmate; a boy whom he himself had buggered just the previous evening.

    And so it was that the news was transmitted to the two miscreants that the Commander wished to see them in his study immediately after supper.

    “I warned you, didn’t I, “said McGregor to his partner in crime Armitage, “As sure as eggs are eggs, he’s going to give us both a hiding for what we did together. I thought after what he did to me yesterday, that he might just send for you; but here we go: we’re both in for the high jump, in my view.”

    “Why the fuck did you tell him about us; you didn’t have to tell him anything.”

    “Sorry, Colin, but he just forced me to tell him. He just wrung it out of me: I simply couldn’t avoid it; he just made me tell him; sorry, sorry, sorry!”

    “Well, it’s a bit rich if he decides to beat us for something we did together when he himself did the same thing to you last nigh”

    “Listen, pal, he doesn’t see it like that, I can tell you. What he did to me, fucking my butt, was for him something quite different. He saw it as what he calls therapy. That’s what he called the six cuts he gave me across my arse to make me tell him what I had said to Carruthers. It was not a beating, he claimed, but a piece of therapy to help me regain my lost memory. So, forget what he did to me: it won’t amount to anything in his eyes; so just forget it, for you might make matters worse than what they already are. Anyway, you said that you didn’t mind being caned and I reckon that with the present state of my arse, he might well let me off with just a warning.”

    Alas, knowing the Commander’s fondness for whacking boys’ backsides, that was a fond hope; as McGregor had said to his friend at the start; they were both in for the high jump

    The Commander was waiting for them in his study immediately after supper. He was looking forward to what he intended to do to the boys.

    “According to what McGregor told me last night, Armitage, you and he have been indulging in what I will politely describe as unacceptable lewd behaviour together. Is that right? Do you both admit that you have been breaking the school rules, which strictly forbid any form of sexual liaison between the pupils in this establishment? Yes or no; come along boys, I want a straight answer from both of you?”

    The boys had, of course, to confess their guilt.

    “But sir, said Armitage, we only did what you say just once; really sir; just one time only sir”

    “My dear boy, the number of times you did it has nothing to do with the present position you both find yourselves in; you both broke the rule and the matter is very, very serious and you will both now bear the consequences of your action. But just for the record, Armitage, have you done it before you came here?”

    “Many times sir, at the place where I was before being transferred here. I had a friend there and he and I did it regularly”.

    “Oh, I see! So we can consider you as a professional bugger in that case, can we?”

    “Oh sir, please sir; we did it together, my friend and me because we liked it. We didn’t know it was forbidden.

    “Forbidden, boy! Forbidden! Listen to me boy, it’s more than forbidden; it is against the law; and let me tell you that if the police ever find out about what you and McGregor have done, then you will both be sent to prison; and I mean prison; not an approved school like this one. This is a very serious matter indeed and you two boys had better believe it!”

    How the Commander had the face to say this to the two lads, in the light of what he himself had done to McGregor the previous day, beggars belief; talk about the pot calling the kettle black; but he clearly did not see his own action as being relevant as he thundered on.

    “And you tell me also, that you enjoyed it! Did you enjoy it when you did it with McGregor? And you, McGregor, did you enjoy it too? Well, let me tell you two lads, that enjoyment does not come into it. The fact of the matter is that the pair of you, in your first week at this school, have broken a serious rule; a very, very serious rule indeed, one that risks exposing you to criminal prosecution and you will both now pay the price for your disobedience. Let us all step into the room next door, where the implement of correction awaits you both!”

    Both Armitage and McGregor were, by now, beginning to feel very uneasy about their immediate future prospects; and Armitage’s braggadocio to McGregor, about being indifferent to the cane, was beginning to wear thin, as the look on his face was starting to testify.

    The Commander picked out a pickle-rod from its bath, fixed it in its handle and waved it under the nose of the two lads, who were both beginning to tremble at the thought of what was now going to happen.

    “Have you been caned before Armitage? At your previous place of detention, perhaps?”

    In a very timid voice came the answer: “Yes sir; several times sir; but never with a cane like the one you are holding; it was always with an ordinary cane sir.”

    “And did you enjoy being caned, Armitage? Did you enjoy the experience? You seem to have been able to bring down the wrath of your superiors several times; did it hurt or not?

    “It did hurt, sir, but not too much sir. I never cried when I got punished before sir.”

    “Well Armitage; just let me just tell you that what I am about to do to you now, will hurt; it will not only hurt; it will hurt a lot; indeed a whole lot more than you can even now imagine. There is a saying that seeing is believing; well today, it’s feeling that is going to be believing; and let me tell you, boy, that once you have had a taste of this very cane across your naked posterior, you will become a true believer. I am sir, an expert with the cane and I doubt that you will ever have, in your future career, a more painful experience than the one I am now going to share with you.”

    “Please sir, are you going to beat me as well as Armitage, sir; you just beat and birched me last night sir and I don’t think I could stand another beating today.” McGregor whined.

    “McGregor, do stop bleating on, boy; it is I and I alone who will decide, after close inspection, whether your posterior is suitable or not for further punishment today. What you think, boy, is of no importance; no importance whatsoever.”

    “But please sir….” McGregor’s voice died, as he saw from the look on the Commander’s face that he was wasting his breath.

    “Well, boys, now that we are all clear about today’s proceedings, drop your pants and underwear and stand in front of me with your hands on your head”

    “Sir; you are not going to beat us naked, sir, are you sir; please sir, not that; I’ve never had my arse beaten naked sir.” Moaned Armitage.

    “Armitage, do not argue with me; there is a first time for everything and today is, for you, the first time that you will have the pleasure of feeling the very best of canes across your naked backside. Let me tell you boy, that I always beat errant boys directly on their naked buttocks; I believe that the experience should be painful, indeed as painful as possible for the recipient; and believe me boy, I think that you will find that the pickle-rod is what I like to call the acme of canes. The pain it produces is excruciating; so now you know boy, that today you will be getting the very best that is available across your very deserving arse. Now, the pair of you, get stripped and stand with your hands on your head, each of you.”

    The two boys did as they were bidden and stood in front of the Commander in the ludicrous position he had ordered. Any arrogance and bravado, that “you can do our worst, but see if I care” attitude, had completely vanished from Armitage’s face as he realized that the Commander was in a different league as a disciplinarian to anyone else he had ever experienced. Add to this that the verbal tirade to which the Commander had just subjected them, had left both lads very deflated, so much so that they both looked utterly miserable as they waited for the next order.

    “Well, boys, I have some good news for you. As you have both freely admitted your guilt, I have decided to be lenient with you today.

    At this the boys brightened up, only to have their hopes dashed as the Commander went on.

    “Yes; I have decided to give each of you only twelve cuts of the cane, instead of the statutory eighteen. So, Armitage, you first, step forward lad, and bend across the beating stool and we will get on with things;  you must, by now, be eager to make your first acquaintance with the pickle-rod and get the matter over with.”

    “Too bloody true,”. thought Armitage to himself as he positioned himself over the stool to be beaten, “You call twelve cuts lenient; you are out of your fucking mind.” But he was wise enough not to give voice to his thoughts!

    The Commander took his time adjusting the height of the stool to position Armitage’s arse in exactly the right place to accept the cane. He explained to the hapless boy exactly what he was doing and why, thereby prolonging the agonising wait for the moment when he would deliver the first stroke. Then, judging the boys’ backside to be perfectly offered he began, after warning him not to move until told to do so.

    Armitage had two perfect, unblemished cheeks to his arse, and the Commander thought carefully before beginning his task, as he wanted to leave the boy with an artistic set of stripes to show to his dormitory mates that night. He then slowly and deliberately gave the boy six parallel stroke of the pickle-rod, leading to six fine furrows, which rapidly coloured up to an angry red. Armitage, to his credit, took the punishment without a murmur and was surprised when, after the sixth stroke the Commander told him to stand up and again adopt he hands on the head position.

    “Can I put my clothes back on now sir”

    “Silence, boy; do as I say; stand there with your hands on your head until I tell you to do otherwise. Now, McGregor, kindly assume the position across the beating stool; if you please.”

    “Sir; oh please sir, don’t beat me again; after last night I don’t think I can stand it.”

    “McGregor, stop complaining and bend over; I am going to give our backside a detailed examination and I will decide whether or not you can stand a further caning, which, I might add, you richly deserve. Your views are of no importance, so shut up and bend over.”

    McGregor realized that he could but obey the Commander, who looked over the boys multicoloured buns and said: “Well McGregor, you seem to be in good shape after the correction I gave you yesterday. Your posterior, boy, has taken on a fine colour and looks in perfect shape for further attention; I see no reason why you cannot now be punished for your flagrant flaunting of the rules in your forbidden activity with Armitage; so I propose to give you the same treatment as I have just given him.”

    With that little speech, the Commander gave McGregor’s aching arse six well placed cuts with the pickle-rod, after which he told the boy to stand up, hands on his head, beside Armitage, who had looked on in horror as the Commander thrashed McGregor’s arse for the second time in twenty-four hours. What the two lads thought standing there, half naked in front of a hectoring Commander, we shall never know, but if they thought that they had escaped with six cuts of the cane, they were sadly mistaken.

    “Armitage, kindly resume your previous position across the beating stool if you please; come on lad, jump to it, for I have not got all day to devote to this lamentable pastime.”

    Lamentable pastime! What a joke, for the Commander was enjoying every minute of what he was doing to the two boys as anyone could have seen as he gave the boy another six cuts with the biting pickle-rod. In spite of his earlier stoicism, Armitage finally started to weep as the cane cut mercilessly into is buns. The Commander, surveyed his handiwork after the tenth cut, stood back and placed diagonally the final two cuts making up the promised round dozen, across the ten livid parallel marks, which were already becoming bright red. Telling the boy to get up and get dressed, the Commander felt pleased with his handiwork and wondered how many of his colleagues could have produced the symmetrical masterpiece which now adorned Armitage’s arse.

    “McGregor, resume the position if you please. Come on quick about it as I have other things to do apart from thrashing errant boys’ backsides.”

    Poor McGregor, whose arse was now in absolute agony, had the good sense to remain silent and let the Commander finish the job. Both boys got dressed and prepared to leave. The Commander shook each by the hand and they both thanked him for having corrected them, with the verbal assurance that we promise we won’t ever do it again sir

    The Commander closed his study door as the boys limped away down the corridor, and thought, The lads are kidding themselves; there is no way that they are going to stop doing something which they like; let’s hope that they have the good sense not to get caught at it.

    CHAPTER 13

    The Commander thought hard and long about what he had just done and the events leading up to his latest efforts with the cane. He suddenly realized that certain changes were needed to avoid greater problems with boys having sex together, so he called a staff meeting of the eight Housemasters and their deputies.

    “Gentlemen, I am afraid we have a little problem of our own making with the the sleeping arrangements we have made so far of the boys. It appears that we have set up the dormitories in which boys of different ages sleep together, in the same room; in doing this I believe we have inadvertently created a potential problem. I have just administered a thrashing to two boys aged eighteen from Norfolk House. These two boys, McGregor and Armitage had been indulging in forbidden sexual activities together. Not to mince words and to put it in the vernacular, which is always more expressive and immediate, they have been fucking each other in the dormitory, in front of younger boys.”

    “Now, as you know, anal intercourse between the boys is strictly forbidden by the school rules; not to mention that buggery, for that is what the law calls it, is, moreover, illegal and punishable by imprisonment. Boys caught indulging in this practice must be severely punished; we cannot turn a blind eye on it. Unfortunately, when I say that it is forbidden, this does not mean that it will not happen, for human nature and the sex driving force being what they are, we shall never stop it. Lads in late puberty, who wish to have sex with each other, will do so, forbidden or not; and beaten black and blue or not, we will not be able to stop them; and that, gentlemen, like it or not, is something we and other all male establishments of any kind have to accept.”

    “What we can and must do, however, is to stop young impressionable boys being exposed to such practices; and for this reason, I think we have to rearrange the sleeping arrangements in all houses so that the older boys, who are the ones who risk indulging in such practices, are separated from the younger lads. So, gentlemen, in all four houses, I wish you Housemasters to regroup the older boys into one dormitory, keeping the younger lads out of harm’s way.”

    “Now, the great advantage of these new sleeping arrangements is that you, the Housemasters, will have an easier task in identifying which boys are sexually active. And let me say, here, that I want you Housemasters to be extremely vigilant, so that we identify, as soon as possible, those boys who indulge themselves in this forbidden practice. I want us to know exactly which of our charges are sexually active. Any boys caught in the act must be punished immediately; and when I say punished, let me specify that each lad, caught in the act of buggery, will receive eighteen cuts of the pickle-rod across his bare buttocks. This is mandatory; no questions; no explanations; no excuses; just eighteen hard strokes across the naked arse.”

    :But let us not delude ourselves, gentlemen, beating these lads will not stop them repeating the offence; if they are that way inclined, nothing will deter them; they simply cannot help themselves; as you all know, the sexual driving force is so grea. So, after having beaten any boys caught in the act; and let me remind you that this beating is mandatory and should be carried out immediately to link the punishment to the act, I think it would be helpful for those of you who feel able, to give the unlucky lads a little consolation, in the form of, how shall I put it, anal stimulation. I think that the direction this school, under my leadership should take, is to channel the sexual activities of such lads into a more controlled environment, an environment controlled by us, the staff. I can tell you that I myself administered just such a dose of post beating therapy to McGregor, the other evening and the boy expressed himself grateful for the attention, which, to some extent, eased the pain in his buttocks. Need I go any further gentlemen? I think not; I am sure that you have all received and understood the message and will be eager to put my suggestions into practice. The matter is now your hands, gentlemen: that is all, and the meeting is now closed.”

    As ever, the Commander, with that final hypocritical utterance, simply told his staff what he wanted and what they should do; he asked neither for questions nor discussion.

    After the Commander had departed, Marcus Selby turned to his colleagues from the other three houses and said, Well, there gentlemen, there we have it; life is to be very simple and our task is clearly defined. Succinctly put; all we have to do, is to find ’em at it, flog ’em and then fuck ’em. Life, gentlemen, is going to be a bed of roses for all of us, for what more could a Housemaster wish.

    His colleagues roared with laughter, as they had now realized, the Commander had given them all carte blanche to root out the boys who were sexually active, give them incredible, no-questions-asked thrashings and take over the sex element in their lives themselves. The Commander had, in fact, just created what in a short time would become a hotbed of sexual abuse; the staff having sex with the older boys. But then, that is the way things always seem to go in all male institutions. Whether the Commander realized that he was playing with fire will never be known. It seems very probable that both he and the majority of his staff found the backsides of their young charges so totally irresistible and were willing to risk everything to satisfy their own sexual urges.

    Of course, the staff and the Commander would argue that abuse was the wrong word, as the boys who were involved were all, in fact, willing participants and enjoyed having their arses reamed by older men; which was largely true. It was, moreover, pie in the sky, to think that by creating a sexual liaison between staff and boys that the relationship between the boys themselves would vanish; of course it wouldn’t; if two lads fancied each other, then they would find the place and opportunity to indulge their carnal desires; no force or rules would ever stop them. However, it must be said that in initiating this latest venture the Commander had taken another step down the long slippery slope, which would eventually lead, several years later, to his downfall.

    So, subsequent to this fateful meeting, the Housemasters made sure that they had identified all the boys who were indulging in what they usually referred to as lewd behaviour and the pickle-rod descended with monotonous regularity across the naked backsides of boys caught in the act. The Commander looked on from a distance with considerable satisfaction as he saw the structure of sexual decadence he had sanctioned, grow in importance, as boys were entrapped into sexual activities with members of the staff. No one objected, least of all the boys and as the years passed and boys came and went, it had to be said that Moulton-Midmarsh school had become a hotbed of sexual excess, which ultimately led to its cataclysmic downfall, but that is still in the future as the chronicles of the first year of its existence are still not complete.

    CHAPTER 14

    The Commander was looking through his mail one morning when he came across one of those dingy brown envelopes long beloved of the UK government. It was stamped, as ever, OHMS and addressed to the Commander by name as Warden (his official title) at the school. He opened the envelope with great curiosity, withdrew what what was clearly a long letter and settled back to see what it contained. It was from some undersecretary at the Department of Education and in a rather longwinded and pompous way informed him of certain changes which might affect his school.

    The Principal Secretary to the Minister of Education for England and Wales had charged me to inform you of certain changes in the law concerning young offenders, which might, at some future date, impact on the running of your school.

    As you are doubtless aware, the Magistrates’ Courts which deal with the vast majority of cases involving males under the age of twenty-one years, have for many years been able to sentence any offender to an immediate caning or birching for the offence for which he has been convicted. Such one-time punishments are normally carried out immediately following the sentence, in a room adjacent to the court room itself and the cane or birch is usually applied by a member of the police force. Subsequent to his punishment the offender is then allowed to go free.

    There has been a growing awareness on the part of the judiciary and the police that a onetime beating is often an inadequate punishment for the offence committed and very often does not deter the offender from repeating offences. The courts are regularly confronted with repeat offenders who seem intent in breaking down the law and order of the country in spite of the corrective birchings they have received.

    A recent change in the law had been enacted, whereby a magistrate or judge can now sentence an offender to a more serious punishment than has hitherto been the case in what has been termed Short-Term Confinement with Programmed Corporal Punishment or SCP for short. This programme allows the magistrate or judge, at his discretion, to commit the offender for a maximum period of three months to a reform institution, but associated with a mandatory programme of corporal punishment. This procedure, will not only deprive the offender liberty for three months, but during his detention he will know that he will automatically be punished according to a programme set out in his sentence.

    The Principal Secretary has asked me to inform you formally, that your institution, the Moulton-Midmarsh Reform School, has been selected as one of six schools strategically placed around the UK, to which offenders convicted and sentenced under the SCP scheme can be sent. Your catchment area includes the Eastern Counties and the Boroughs of east London. Boys convicted by any court in this area and receiving an SCP sentence will, automatically be sent to your school, where their sentence will be served and the prescribed punishments administered by your staff in the normal manner.

    The Principal Secretary has asked me to stress the fact that such offenders are, apart from the mandatory beatings defined in their sentences, to be treated exactly as all other internees, which is to say that they will attend classes appropriate for their ages and will be subject to all the normal rules and regulations of your establishment. It would, however, be helpful if such offenders were accommodated in dormitories separate from the other boys. This is a suggestion and not mandatory.

    I hope that I have explained the situation to you clearly enough and that if called upon, you will execute the sentence of the offender in question as set out by the court.

    I am, sir, etc. etc. etc.

    Well, thought the Commander, what a turn up. The courts are going to send us boys each with a beating schedule; what a terrific idea; I simply cannot wait!

    And indeed, the Commander did not have to wait long, for a month later, the first letter arrived from the court in Norwich. Two boys, aged eighteen, William Lodge and Derek Parry by name, both out of work, had been convicted of stealing goods from a food shop in the city centre;  and then, when chased by a policeman, had knocked down an old lady, whose arm was broken by the fall and who had to be taken to hospital. The fact that they had caused a serious accident and had done nothing to help the person they had injured had enraged the magistrate, who gave them a three month SCP sentence with a ferocious programme of mandatory corporal punishment:

    On arrival:– eighteen stroke birching
    One month later:– an eighteen stroke caning
    One month later:– a second eighteen stroke caning
    On the day before they are to be discharged at the end of
    the third month:– a second eighteen stroke birching.

    The Commander could not believe what the court had ordered, it was beyond even his wildest dreams; and let’s face it, he was ever ready to apply his cane to any offender. But, four times really serious punishment, with eighteen mandatory strokes; he became hard just reading the letter.

    The two boys, Lodge and Parry, arrived two days later. They were a rough looking pair, with long, dirty hair and pugnacious faces and they stood insolently in front of the Commander as he looked them over.

    “You know why you are here and I imagine that you both know what is in store for you in terms of corporal punishment over the next three months. I have to say to you that I am utterly disgusted by your callous behaviour and I totally agree with the sentence of the court, which I will now read out to you to make sure that there is no misunderstanding as to what precisely is going to happen to to you, starting this very evening.”

    And with that, the Commander read out the entire sentence. The boys listened but looked totally disinterested, as if they did not care what he was saying.

    When he had finished the Commander looked balefully at the pair and said: “Just so that we fully understand each other, what I have just read out to you is a formal punishment schedule which I am required, by law, to carry out. Let me just remind you both that now that you are here in this institution, you will obey and follow the school rules of conduct to the letter. Any infraction by either of you will be punished; and believe me, we are very good at punishing errant youths here, as the pair of you will find out after supper, this evening when I shall have the pleasure of administering the first mandatory birching to your buttocks. Now, Mr. Selby, the Housemaster of Norwich House, where you will be lodged during your stay here, is waiting to take you to the barber and the showers. After supper I shall have the pleasure of receiving you both in the punishment room, where a freshly cut birch awaits you. Is that clear?”

    As there was no reply from either boy, the Commander opened the door and showed them into the corridor.

    As he was closing the door behind them, he heard Lodge say to Parry: “What a fucking old fart that guy is; he’s off his bloody rocker if he thinks he can scare me”

    The Commander could not believe his ears, so he reopened the door fully and said’

    “Lodge, I think you and I need to have a little talk right now; now get back in here boy. Now, what is you just say about me in the corridor?”

    Lodge for the first time, was now beginning to show some signs of fear, as he realized that the Commander, who was clearly in a rage, meant business.

    “Sir, I didn’t say nothing; nothing at all sir.”

    “Don’t lie to me boy; I heard you. Now repeat to my face here and now what you said.”

    “Sir, I can’t repeat something I didn’t say sir.”

    “Boy, how you can stand there and lie to me, I cannot believe. Now, one final time: what did you just say out there?”

    By this time Lodge was truly feeling very nervous and replied: “Sir, if I did say summat, then I’ve already forgotten wot I said.”

    “Boy, I have never met such a liar in my life. It is less than a minute since you uttered your foul words and now you cannot remember them. Well my lad; let us see if I can help you remember what you said; step this way boy, into this side room.”

    Lodge looked around the Commander’s punishment room and saw the two beating stools, the horse and the pickle-rods in their containers. What remained of his initial arrogance was now fast vanishing:  and like many boys before him, when challenged to repeat some foul words he had just made about someone to that person’s face, found it difficult, if not impossible, to repeat them directly to that person. But repeat them or not, he was about to feel the wrath of the Commander descend on his arse.

    The Commander selected a cane, fixed it in its handle, flexed it in front of Lodge and said: “This boy, is a very special cane, very flexible and very stinging when it lands on a boy’s arse. Believe me boy, when I tell you that you will very soon get our memory back once you have had a taste of this. Now boy; sharp about it; drop your trousers and underpants and bend across that stool.”

    “But sir, you’re not going to hit my bare bum with that thing are you?”

    “You know Lodge, you really are very bright under all that dirty, unkempt hair: Yes, that is precisely what I am going to do, so jump to it.”

    Lodge, by now reduced almost to tears, all his résistance gone, did as bidden and placed himself across the stool. The Commander surveyed two splendid muscular buns and then set to with the cane. Poor Lodge did not know what had hit him as ten times the rod cut furrows in his arse, The Commander was so angry, that he just applied the cane anywhere it landed and the boy finished up weeping profusely, with a cross work of corrugations across his arse. The Commander, in his rage, had completely thrown to the wind the idea of painting a tasteful picture of cuts across the boy’s backside; he just wanted to give the lad as painful an experience as he could; and truly painful it was; for Lodge got up after his beating with tears streaming down his cheeks.

    “Now, get out and go and get your hair cut and cleaned up. But remember, we have another appointment, you and I, together with  your partner in crime, Parry. And believe me boy, you haven’t felt anything yet; just wait until I put the birch across your arse.”

    After supper, the two boys were led to the punishment room by Mr. Selby, their Housemaster; his deputy, Mr. Summers was also in attendance. The Commander allowed the two boys to stand around in the corridor outside the room for about fifteen minutes, simply to heighten the tension and the fear that the two lads were now certainly feeling. He finally arrived, at his study, flung open the door and usher the two lads into the punishment room. They looked around at the somewhat stark room and the punishment equipment it contained: two beating stools; two horses; several deep buckets in which the freshly made birches were already soaking and the inevitable pickle-bath replete with well seasoned canes. All in all it was a daunting and frightening sight for the two boys who were now to experience the full horror of their mandatory birching.

    The arrogance and casual nonchalance they had exhibited when first meeting the Commander had now totally disappeared. A Lodge had already experienced the bite of the pickle-rod due to his unseemly remarks about the Commander , his friend, Parry, had clearly learned to button his lip and not make matters worse for himself. . But as they both now realized, the moment of truth had arrived and their arses were both on a collision course with the birch and they could do nothing at all to avoid what was about to happened.

    The Commander had taken an instant dislike to both miscreants the moment he met them. He had decided to make their punishment as dramatic as possible to bring home to the pair that they did not get away with their conduct which had led to an elderly lady being taken to hospital. So, there was to be no quarter given; the Commander wanted to see that the boys’ arses had the full benefit of the birch – a frightening prospect.

    “Strip naked boys and stand in front of me with your hands on your heads and let me inspect you both.”

    “But sir,” said Parry, “You’re not going to beat us on our naked bums are you, sir.”

    “Where else boy, do you think that the birch is going to be applied? The birch is always applied to the recipients naked arse; in this case, yours; and let me tell you two miscreants that you are now going to rue the day when you knocked over that old lady; yes indeed, the moment of retribution has arrived, and I will remind you that you have three other appointments with the cane and the birch in your mandatory punishment programme; so this first birching will give you an idea of the pleasure you still have in store. Now, hold your lip and strip off otherwise I shall increase the number of strokes you are to receive.”

    The two lads, practically dying with the embarrassment at their nudity, did as ordered and stood there; hands on heads, stark naked in front of the Commander and his acolytes,

    “Mr. Selby, Mr. Summers, I think it is appropriate that these two boys be birched together side by side. So, would you please see that they are each strapped firmly to the birching frames. Make sure that the straps are well tightened as I want absolute stillness as the strokes are applied and kindly adjust the height of the frames to ensure that the boys’ buttocks are presented perfectly for the punishment.”

    Whilst Selby and Summers did as the Commander requested, the boy Lodge decided that he would make one last attempt to mitigate his punishment in some way; the unfortunate lad had no idea that in addressing the Commander he was talking to something as unyielding as a block of granite.

    “But sir, you have just beaten me with the cane, sir, and I don’t think it fair to have to be birched when my arse is already so sore; I don’t want you to beat me again right now, sir; I don’t think I can stand it, sir.”

    “Lodge; when I want your opinion I shall ask for it. The beating I gave you earlier is unrelated to what is going to happen to you now; you brought that earlier punishment on yourself, by making lewd remarks about me and I punished you for that. So, I am afraid that the eighteen strokes of the birch to which you have been sentenced will shortly land on your already painful buttocks.”

    Addressing now the tow masters, Selby and Summer he said: “Now, gentlemen, I myself propose to administer six strokes of the birch to each of these two boys, alternating between them; at which stage I shall hand the birches over to you and ask you to administer the remaining twelve strokes to each of them. I think it is right and proper that these two miscreants be punished side by side and at the same time.”

    And with that, the warden selected one of the freshly made birches from its bucket, shook off the excess water and began. He started with Lodge, whose arse was already deeply furrowed by the earlier punishment and brought down the birch with as much forced as he could muster.

    Lodge let out a howl of pain and and, in a pleading voice, begged the Commander to be lenient: “Sir, I don’t think I can stand any more sir, please stop sir.”

    “Shut up boy; I want no more of what you think you can or cannot stand; I will be the judge and the only judge of that;  frankly, boy, I see no reason why you should not be given, right now, the eighteen strokes specified in your sentence. If – and it is a big if – I have to stop, then you will be brought back here at a later date and the missing strokes will be applied. The fact that your arse is already sore is your own fault; you have harvested what you so unwisely sowed.”

    And with that, the Commander went on and gave each of the boys their first six cuts of the birch. Both lads were weeping before he had finished and handed them over to Selby and Summers to complete the task.

    “Make sure gentlemen, that you lay the birch on well; I want these boys to have an experience they will never forget. And, he added quietly, if you feel that a little post-beating therapy is needed, then please go ahead.”

    Selby and Summers looked knowingly at each other and smiled; the Commander had said it all. The Commander had, in reality, no need to exhort his two Housemasters to lay on the strokes as hard as they could, for these two men, like the Commander himself, took great pleasure in administering pain to their charges; and so they synchronised their strokes so that the birches cracked down at exactly the same moment on the arses of the two penitent lads. By the time the boys had received their eighteen strokes each, their arses were already back black and blue with the minute bruises produced by the twigs of the birch, which when well applied is truly the most painful of instruments.

    The Commander, who had withdrawn from the room, had watched the proceedings through a small observation window. He looked on with approval as Selby and Summers applied a little salve to the arses of the two lads, proceeded to oil their anuses and then gave each of them a little anal stimulation. What the two young men thought about the fact that they had had their holes drilled by their Housemasters, we shall find out later. Anal intercourse is, at the end of the day, not at all an unpleasant experience and, after the severe birching these lads had just received, might well have been looked upon as a gift from heaven.

    Thus ended the first day of the three month sentence of Lodge and Parry. That night the two lads lay on their bellies with their aching arses exposed to the air, for both lads were still feeling excruciating pain.

    Parry said to his friend, Lodge: “You know, I never ever realized just how how bad it would be; that was just the very worst beating I have had in my life and we have still three more to go. But you know I quite enjoyed having my arse fucked at the end.”

    “Me too pal; I did enjoy being fucked; but then, I always have. But let me tell you that at the first chance I get, I’m, away from this hell-hole. You think your arse is bad? Well what about me? That old sod had already caned me hard today and then went on a flogged my arse as hard as he could with that fucking birch. There is no way I’m going to let that old fart beat my arse to pulp again.”

    Brave words indeed; but words which led to even worse consequences for the two boys; as we shall see; they would have done better just to serve their sentences and take the three beatings yet to come, rather than try to avoid them.

    CHAPTER 15

    Mr. Cass was the assistant Housemaster of Cambridge house and to him had fallen the task of organising and supervising cross-country running. As you know, the eight Housemasters were totally responsible for all physical activity of their detainees; and the cross-country run was just one of the several athletic practices considered character building by the Commander and his acolytes. Just how cross-country running built up a boy’s character was difficult to see; but that was the theory and it was put into practice on a weekly basis at Moulton-Midmarsh school.

    Now cross-country running, as many of you, I am sure know, is one of those activities which you either love or loath; there a no two ways about it. Either you are a dedicated runner or you wish that the whole rotten idea would just go away. But, like it or loath it, the boys of Moulton-Midmarsh were compelled to participate; which they did; but with widely varying degrees of enthusiasm. So, more or less every day, a platoon of boys would set out on a four mile run across the bleak and unattractive fenlands. Mr. Cass, who had himself as a public schoolboy been an enthusiastic runner had mapped out a course which taxed the boys so that they were pleasantly tired on their arrival back at the school, where he personally checked that all runners were present and correct as the military phrasing would have put it.

    But all was not well, as the eagle eyed Mr. Cass quickly divined, for he realized that three senior boys of one of his groups arrived back at the end of the run, looking as fresh and sweat-free as they had departed. His suspicions aroused, he watched the three boys for several weeks and then saw that as they arrived back, always in the middle of the pack, their running shoes were never caked with mud in the way those of the other boys were. Now this was impossibility, as one part of the course forced the boys to run through some very marshy ground, of which there was plenty available in the fens. And so came the moment of reckoning for these three tearaway idlers.

    Bearded, as they arrived back at the school, by Mr. Cass, they finally admitted that they were skivers: boys who had slipped away once out of sight of the school and spent the afternoon lounging around doing exactly nothing, whilst awaiting the return of their schoolmates. What these latter thought of them, we shall never know; but we shall learn of the severe blood-bath which developed out of this misdemeanour by three senior boys.

    Mr. Cass made all the boys of the pack wait together in the school yard until everyone was present, for he had already decided to make an immediate example of the three idlers in front of their classmates. Cane in hand, as ever, he ordered the three lads to drop their shorts in front of the assembly, intending to give them an immediate beating for their actions. To his surprise, he discovered that these three lads were wearing their underpants beneath their running shorts, a practice strictly forbidden; all boys were forbidden to wear any type of normal clothing whilst involved in any athletic activity as it was considered unsanitary; cleanliness was next to Godliness, if not ahead of it, in the Commander’s eyes.

    Junior boys were expected to run with just their running shorts and nothing at all beneath, as their sexual development did not warrant any special support, whilst the older boys were expected to wear an athletic supporter, commonly referred to as a jock-strap, to support their burgeoning equipment.

    Mr. Cass was astounded and shocked with what he had discovered and decided to take the matter further. So, now addressing the entire pack he said: “Step forward all boys who are wearing underpants under their running shorts at this moment.”

    There was a hush over the assembly and gradually some eight boys stepped slowly forward.

    “Is that the lot of you who are breaking the rules? Come on now; are there any more of you?”

    There was another pause and three more boys shuffled forwards to join their errant classmates.

    “Let me tell you now boys; if there are any other boys who should have come forwards but have chosen not to do so, then the punishment they will receive will be very severe. So, the rest of you who are as pure as Caesar’s wife drop your running shorts here and now and let me see that you are not wearing any forbidden garment.”

    There was a vague murmuring among the remaining lads, among whom Mr. Cass went on to discover two more who had chosen not the step forward who were disobeying the rules. He now had a group of no less than sixteen boys whom he decided to punish there and then in front of the others, all of whom stood there in the yard shivering, wondering what was going to happen.

    “You sixteen boys, line up, one behind the other, drop your shorts and your underpants, bend over and hold your ankles. Mr. Cass then walked calmly along the impressive line of tightly presented arses and gave each one six good cuts with the cane he always carried. There was dead silence from onlookers as they watched with horror the carnage, thanking their lucky stars that they were not included as the cane descended with sharp cracks across the row naked buttocks.

    “Now, those of you who came forward and admitted the error of their ways together with the rest of you boys, may go and shower and get dressed. However, as for the three of you who cheated on the cross country course and you two boys who were deceitful and did not come forward when asked, well you five kindly follow me to the punishment room, for I have more, much more, in store for you.”

    Once in the dreaded room with its beating stools and two birching horses, the five miscreants really began to feel very sorry for themselves indeed. One by one, they were made to bend, arse naked, across the beating stool and Mr. Cass took considerable pleasure in giving each lad twelve good hard cuts with the pickle-rod. And there, ended the saga of the cross-country run, which had ended in a series of beatings, hitherto unprecedented at Moulton Midmarsh; it really had been a totally unexpected bloodbath.

    Over dinner that evening, the Commander said: I hear Cass, that you rooted out the rot in today’s cross-country team; well let me congratulate you on your perspicacity in seeing the matter through to its end; the lads certainly deserved to suffer the pain of the cane for their disobedience; an excellent performance! It is precisely the attitude we need to foster here in the school! You are an excellent example to your colleagues, sir!

    CHAPTER 16

    It was the cross-country run which led to the undoing of our two miscreants, Lodge and Parry. Lodge had a big mouth and on his first day had badmouthed the Commander in his hearing which had landed him with a dozen stinging cuts of the pickle-rod across his naked backside. It was a beating which had served as a sort of hors d’oeuvre to the main dish of the day which was the eighteen stroke birching; the first of the four bouts of severe corporal punishment prescribed by the magistrate in his sentence on the two lads. And it was that same evening, lying in agony in bed, that Lodge had told Parry that he was going to get out of Moulton-Midmarsh at the first opportunity. There was no way he was going to allow anyone to beat his arse to pulp on three more occasions. The opportunity to abscond from the school presented itself more quickly than either of them could have anticipated, for in their second week at the school they found themselves part of a forty-strong cross-country turn out, supervised by Mr. Cass.

    So, of course, they decided that they would leave the pack as soon as it was out of sight of the school, with no thought at all as to what they were going to do once they were alone. Had they studied the location of the school, stuck as it was in the middle of soggy marshland riddled with waterways with the nearest big town five miles distant, they might have had second thoughts; but they did not; their sole aim was to escape from the clutches of authority in the form of the staff of Moulton-Midmarsh school. And so, wearing only their running singlets and shorts they took off from the pack as soon as it was out of sight of the school. They had no idea where they were heading or what they were going to do with themselves, but they were free – or so they thought.

    Of course, once free of the pack, things immediately began to look different; the two runaways had no clear plan of what they intended to do or where they should go. They found themselves in the rather bleak landscape of the fens with little at all to give them any direction; and remember, to leave Moulton-Midmarsh, there was but one paved road in and out of the town itself. The boys saw a group of small buildings, which turned out to be the bothies, where the grounds men, gardeners and other outdoor workers lived; there they found shelter in an outhouse. Already, what had seemed a good idea just a brief hour or so ago was fast turning into a nightmare; the two lads had not the slightest idea what they should do with their freedom

    The pack of cross-country runners straggled back to the school, where the diligent Mr. Cass carefully checked them off in his register, to find that the two boys, Lodge and Parry were missing. He immediately questioned the boys, one of whom volunteered that fact that he had seen the two miscreants drop out of the run soon after they had left the school premises, but he had no idea where they had gone. It was clear that they could not have gone very far and Mr. Cass promptly organised a search party of the grounds men and a couple of gardeners, who, of course, quickly found the two runaways hiding in the outhouse and hauled them back to the school. So freedom for Lodge and Parry had lasted all of two brief hours and they were now face to face with the Commander in his study.

    “What were you two boys thinking of, trying to escape? Where on earth did you imagine that you could go? This place is totally isolated, especially chosen by the Ministry of Education precisely to avoid inmates absconding as you have just tried to do. Well, boys, I have to tell you that your actions are very, very serious and cannot be allowed to pass without appropriate correction and I am sure, after your birchings of just a few days ago that you know what that means. I have asked Mr. Cass to join us and he will be here in a moment, for I propose to allow him to assist me in the painful corrective action which you have brought upon yourselves.”

    Lodge and Parry listened in silence to the Commander, wondering what exactly he had in store for them, but they did not have long to wait before the full horror of their punishment was revealed to them.

    “Mr. Cass; I am once again indebted to you for keeping order and supervising an orderly cross-country run, and today, especially, when, thanks to your vigilance, you have prevented these two miscreants from absconding from the school, which would have led to a police search for them as they are here under court sentence under the SCP scheme.”

    “You will doubtless recall that under this scheme these two boys were sentenced to three months confinement at Moulton Midmarsh during which time they would on four separate occasions receive mandatory severe corporal punishment as prescribed by the court. I have already told these two runaways that they have committed a very serious offence for which they are now to be punished and I thought that as you had been the leading light in the whole matter, it was right and proper that you should assist me in administering their punishment. What I propose is that I thrash Lodge and you deal with Parry, so, if you are agreeable let us adjourn next door where the accoutrements of punishment are waiting and teach these two boys yet another lesson, which I hope they will take to heart, though I have to say in the case of Lodge, I have severe doubts.”

    “Commander,” said Mr.Cass, “You have my fullest support in this matter, I agree that the boys cannot be allowed to escape unscathed from this ridiculous venture on which they started; but what, sir, do you have in mind by way of punishment?”

    “I have consulted the school regulations concerning corporal punishment, which, as I am sure you are aware, is the only recourse we have to tame boys such as these and to make them toe the line and obey the rules. Severe infractions such as this one can be corrected by up to twenty-four strokes of the cane, applied to the naked buttocks of the offender. And so, in view of the extreme nature of their offence, I think that the full allocation is well called for in this cane. So, there, Mr. Cass, you have it; we will give each of these two lads twenty-four cuts of the cane. Shall we begin?”

    “He now turned his attention to the two lads. Well, you have just heard what I have said to Mr. Cass. We are going to correct you with two dozen cuts of the cane across your naked arses; is that clear?”

    Lodge tried to protest saying that it was not fair that they should be caned for what they had just done as in barely two weeks time they would again have to bend for the cane, when the second of their mandatory punishments became due.

    “Lodge, and you too Parry, although I can see that you Lodge are the focus of most of the problems, need to understand that the canings you will receive under your SCP sentence relate to your actions in the past. Any punishable offences which you commit whilst in this school, where you are meant to obey the rules, will be punished as such. Now, let us be clear, the canings you are now about to receive, are unrelated to your past misdemeanours; you are to be punished, as would be any other boy who breaks the rules. So, the pair of you, kindly step into the room next door where your needs will be fully catered for! Let me say, you will perhaps now realize that the cane reigns supreme in this establishment and long may it so remain.”

    The boys eyed the punishment equipment with unconcealed fear.

    “Take of your shorts and singlets, both of you and stand to attention in front of us with your hands on your head”

    “But sir, we shall be completely naked; it’s not decent, sir.: Said Lodge.

    “Boy, do not argue with me, or I shall lose my temper. Just do as I say and hold your tongue. You are already in very deep trouble, the pair of you, and you Lodge, with your big mouth, seem to have an aptitude for making matters worse for yourself; so button up your lip, boy, and do as I say. Now, we are fortunate in having two beating stools available, so you do not have to jostle for a place; there is one for each of you. So, kindly each of you go to one of the two stools and bend across it so that Mr. Cass and I can adjust the height to ensure that your arses are in the perfect position for beating. And once in the right position, neither of you dare to move until the full two dozen cuts have been administered. Do I make myself clear? I would like to think that when we do things at Moulton-Midmarsh, we do them properly and I would hate the two of you to go away and tell people that you had had a second rate beating; believe me, the beating you are about to receive will be first rate!”

    You can imagine how the two miscreants must have felt, listening to all this rhetoric,, wondering when the first stroke of what promised to be a very unpleasant experience, would land.

    “Mr. Cass, if you would like to select a pickle-rod, we can perhaps begin our unpleasant task.” In fact, the Commander was being his usual hypocritical self, for as we all know, he loved beating butt, as too did Mr. Cass, so there was little doubt that the boys were going to enjoy a terrific arse roasting.

    “Mr Cass, what I suggest is that you position yourself over Parry and I over Lodge and that we attempt to synchronize our strokes so that the two boys are punished together. This was typical of the Commander, who loved to heighten the tension of any occasion when the cane was being wielded. So, Mr Cass, if you are ready, on my count, apply your rod with vigour immediately after I call out the number of the stroke.”

    Mr. Cass, like the Commander, was in seventh heaven; truly enjoying what was for him a novel theatrical experience; and he handled the cane as a true professional; he had some difficulty in disguising the fact that he had already become hard, even before the first stroke was laid, and as the beating progressed, he was well into the pre-cum stage, with a stain beginning to appear in the crotch of his trousers. The Commander was similarly aroused, and was secretly revelling in the frightening homoerotic scenario he had orchestrated.

    Both boys had recently undergone their first birching and traces of that event still showed on their buttocks, but Lodge, whose big mouth had earned him, on arrival, an immediate caning by the Commander, still had clear traces of the furrows produced by the cane. The Commander, ever the artist, tried his best to place the strokes close together across the full width of Lodge’s rump so that his whole arse was inflamed and painful. Mr. Cass, who was no slouch either when it came to beating arse, produced a pictorial image of criss-crossed stroked across Parry’s arse.

    It is, perhaps, difficult for us today to envisage how ferociously canings were administered at the turn of the century. The pickle-rod was, without any doubt, the most painful of all canes and its application produced immediate angry stripes on the buttocks and howls of pain from the unfortunate receiver of the punishment. The two men brought down their canes with great precision and the crack of the cane against the naked flesh was a frightening sound. As the punishment was very severe, two dozen cuts, the Commander called a pause after the first twelve cuts and let the boys stay there, bent over the stools in utter agony, for some ten minutes. He and Mr. Cass then switched places and completed the punishment, by which time both lads were in tears and hardly able to support the agonizing pain in their arses.

    “Get up, the pair of you and go to the showers, clean up and get dressed. Now, let that be a lesson to you; in this school you will obey the rules and any infraction will be punished.”

    You might be tempted to think, in view of the extreme punishments practiced at that time, that the old maxim, once bitten, twice shy would have conditioned the later behaviour of boys who had once experienced a painful beating. But it is surprising how many boys systematically continued breaking the rules and attracting further beatings; it was as if some boys actually enjoyed being beaten, which, of course, knowing the foibles of human nature, may, in some cases be true. Of course as you have divined, it was Lodge whose awful behaviour, incited both of his Housemasters and the Commander himself to address his arse with the cane on a very regular basis.

    Parry now started to realize that his association with his friend and partner-in- crime, Lodge, was going from bad to worse. Lodge’s ill conceived idea to escape had already earned both of them an additional thrashing and he knew he still had three more encounters with the cane and the birch before he could really be free again. So he very wisely decided to distance himself from his erstwhile friend, whom he increasingly saw as a trouble maker.

    Let Lodge take as many canings as he wishes, thought Parry, but as of now, I shall toe the line and include myself out of his schemes. My God, what we both still have to undergo is bad enough and this idiot still seems to wants to heap more upon himself self; well, no longer with me in tow! Parry had now totally accepted the terms of the sentence as the best of a bad deal and waited, with fear, for the three other thrashings he would have to suffer before finally being released into the world again. Not so, however, our friend Lodge, whose persistent loud mouth continued to bring regular punishment his way.

    As Mr. Selby his Housemaster remarked laughingly to his assistant Mr Summers, “You know, Lodge’s arse is akin to the British Empire, on which we are taught that the sun never sets; except his arse is a globe on which the cane never rests. I reckon I could identify Lodge from his naked arse awaiting punishment, without ever seeing his face; it’s become like an old friend; easily recognisable and alwaysinviting what we might call a dose of percussive therapy.”

    The three month’s sentence of the two miscreants was up and they both suffered the final statutory birching ordered by the magistrate the day before they were to leave Moulton-Midmarsh. The Commander and Mr Selby saw them in the Commander’s study the morning they were to leave the school. The Commander started to address the boys only to be interrupted by a torrent of abuse from the very foulmouthed Lodge, who said to him: “Now that we are free of this place, let me tell you that you have wasted your time on me, you old fart and you can go to hell as far as I am concerned, now that I am out of here; So just fuck off and that goes for you too Mr Selby.”

    The Commander looked at Lodge and said: “You, boy, are a example of the very worst type of modern youth; you have no respect for anyone and think that you can do as you wish, for which, as you have seen during your brief stay in this school you have been severely punished. Well, just for the record, allow me to tell you that your sentence does not end until noon today and that it is now precisely eleven thirty. So, you young tearaway, still have thirty minutes of your sentence left to serve, for which period you are still under my care and will obey the school rules. Your foulmouthed remarks are totally in character with what we have come to see as the norm with you boy and are totally inexcusable. So, if you would kindly step into the room next door, Mr Selby and I will have the greatest pleasure in acquainting your backside with the pickle-rod for one last time; shall we say for old time’s sake? Get in there, boy, drop your pants and underwear and prepare for one last beating. As you so rightly observe, we seem to have wasted our time in trying to reform you, but we shall at least have the satisfaction of leaving you with one last painful – indeed, very painful – souvenir of your time at Moulton-Midmarsh.

    The Commander and Mr Selby, each took a pickle-rod and applied alternate strokes to Lodge’ arse until even he begged them to stop. And that is how the saga of Lodge and Parry ended. I believe Parry went his way, chastened by his three months’ experience; but Lodge soon finished up in prison. As the Commander observed to Mr Selby: “Some boys just fall into the category of future old lags and Lodge was clearly one of them.”

    But Lodge was not alone in his persistent trouble making, for there were others with the same bent and we shall now see how the Commander dealt with a small group of boys, who, in spite of regular canings, seemed determined, by their incessant bad behaviour, to disrupt the smooth running of the school.

    CHAPTER 17

    It was near the end of the third term and the Commander had convened a special staff meeting to discuss what he called an urgent matter

    “Gentlemen; I have called you here today to discuss a matter which has been growing in importance over the past few months and which is becoming a true thorn in the flesh of this school. A small number of boys, in fact precisely twelve, a round dozen in number, is attempting to undermine everything we are trying to do in this establishment. These boys are a constant source of irritation and disruption, and all of them must be well known to you, the teaching staff, and equally to you, their Housemasters. Each of the boys on this list, has been caned either by me or by his Housemaster at least twelve times in the last three months; and here I speak only of caning noted in the punishment records and not the occasional whack in the corridors from one of the Housemasters or the mild canings they get when they have been sent out from the classroom for bad behaviour. It is as if there is a fifth column operating in the school, totally intent in creating mayhem; but of course this is imaginary, as the boys are just a series of individual youths who find it difficult to obey the rules and enjoy causing problems, which they appear to have done at an alarming rate.”

    “It is clear that this situation cannot be allowed to continue unchecked and I have therefore given a great deal of thought as to the corrective action we can take. It is clear that the cane alone is not sufficient, for the boys in question persist in continuing their ways, in spite of the fact that they know they will get a sore arse at the end of their capers. So, I have decided that a combination of pain and shame shall be visited upon these boys. I intend to birch the twelve of them in front of their classmates, in the hope that a severe punishment in public with their naked arses exposed to their peers, in what might best be described as a before and after mode, might ultimately have an effect and set these young miscreants on the straight and narrow.”

    “Therefore, gentlemen, all first classes this coming Friday morning will be cancelled and the twelve boys in question will be thoroughly birched before the full morning assembly, immediately after the usual morning prayers and announcements. I would ask each of you as Housemasters, for the boys are dispersed across the four houses, to inform those who are to be punished, of my decision this evening, so that they have tonight and Thursday to contemplate their fate; they can stew in tiers own juice for a day or so and suffer the mental anguish which precedes a thrashing. The boys are aged from fifteen to eighteen and I look to the Housemasters of the older boys to delegate four of them to move the two birching benches together with the birch buckets and their contents from the punishment room onto the stage in the assembly hall on Thursday evening. I have already ensured that sufficient freshly cut birch rods will be available for soaking by Thursday evening.”

    “The Housemasters should then inform those unfortunate boys in their care who are destined for punishment, that they must attend Friday’s assembly wearing only their gym singlets and shorts and no – I repeat – no underwear of any kind. The twelve miscreants must be told to stand in the front row at the assembly and be ready to mount the platform when told to do so.”

    “As for the administration of the birch, you Mr. Selby and I will thrash the first two miscreants and I would ask the rest of you to divide the task of beating the other ten boys among yourselves as you see fit. It will be salutatory for the onlookers to see that all the Housemasters are behind this initiative shall I call it? And for now, that, gentlemen, is all, I think so we can now close this meeting; thank you, gentlemen and I wish you a pleasant evening.:

    As ever with the Commander, as his title implied, he commanded and asked neither for comments nor for guidance; he had decided and that was that; his will would be done!

    The Friday morning assembly was already abuzz when the Commander appeared on the platform to conduct morning prayers. How the word got around as to what was to happen, who knows, but as it always does, it did, and the boys were all agog with wondering what exactly was going to happen to the twelve penitents. The birching benches and birches soaking in their buckets were in full view and the atmosphere was what I suppose we today would call electric in what was still a gaslight world. The normal proceedings over, the Commander advanced to the front of the stage and addressed the boys in what might best be described as his I am the lord thy God voice.

    “You can all see that preparations have been made for administration of the birch to certain miscreant boys. This is the very first occasion on which certain of your school mates will be punished in front of you all, as an example of what will happen to anyone who adopts the paths of of disruption and mayhem. Now, the twelve of you in the front row, kindly step up onto the platform as I read out your names, so that schoolmates can see clearly who you are.”

    The twelve lads who were to have their arses publicly roasted mounted slowly onto the platform as the Commander went on.

    “The twelve young tearaways you now see before you, have, during this first year of operation of this school, done their very best to sow disruption and discord throughout the school. Their actions have, of course, been punished in the usual and time honoured way, by visits to the punishment room or to my own study, as well as in their own houses by their Housemasters. But these punishments have, apparently, had no effect, for every boy here in front of you today has been caned at least twelve times during the last three months. I say at least twelve times as three of the miscreants have had their buttocks thrashed no less then eighteen times during the same period; apparently to no avail, as their misdemeanours have continued. This, boys, cannot go on; I will not allow the smooth running of the school to be disrupted any longer by the actions of a few misguided youths. I trust I make myself clear.”

    “And so, today, on this platform, in front of all of you, these twelve young offenders will meet what I think might well be described as their Waterloo, as they bend over the birching horse to have their backsides birched in public; and believe me when I say it will be the most severe birching that anyone of them has ever experienced. It is my earnest hope that this act of public humiliation and pain in front of their schoolmates will, finally bring home to them that their past behaviour has been intolerable and that they must, from now on, toe the line. This will, I hope, be a salutatory lesson for all of them and also for all of you, for as you watch your schoolmates receive their just deserts, bear in mind the saying: there but for the grace of God, go I.”

    “Now, you boys who are to be punished, stand facing me on the platform; take of your singlets and shorts; put your hands on your heads and present your buttocks to your classmates so that they can see what I will call the before look! And all of you, remain in that position until I tell you to move”

    The Housemasters and teaching staff, all of whom were present for this increasingly dramatic presentation, were as surprised or should I say, shocked, at the Commander’s orders, as none of them had had the slightest idea that he would make the miscreant lads stand stark naked in front to their classmates. But as he had said the previous evening, he hoped that the combination of a public beating and humiliation in front of their peers would make them see the error of their ways. Well, humiliation was here in spades! Already the older boys watching were beginning to become hard as were members of the staff as they watched unfold, what was clearly about to be a unique homoerotic spectacle. No one would have dared to use that word in describing what what happening, but said or unsaid, the spectacle was clearly becoming very hardcore.

    Today, we would probably be shocked by what the Commander was doing, but well into the twentieth century, it was not at all uncommon to birch or cane miscreants naked in front of their peers and indeed, in the various military and naval cadet training corps, punishment parades of naked offenders were the norm. However, this theatrical drama as the Commander had foreseen it, was quite unique; conceived to make a point, which it did in abundance; it was also an occasion when the Commander and his cohorts could indulge their penchant for sadism. This word was never mentioned, not even among those who practised it, but there was a strong sadistic component in what the Commander was now enacting. And the same sentiment was shared among many of the on-looking boys, who although horrified by the thought that the same thing might one day be visited upon them, enjoyed, nevertheless a certain vicarious pleasure in watching their classmates suffer, whilst experiencing themselves sexual arousal and gratification; in short, like boys the world over, they took pleasure in watching with horror their peers being beaten.

    The twelve unfortunate lads stood, as ordered, hands on heads, arses towards their classmates as the Commander continued. One thing was quite clear; the Commander had already shamed them, as could be seen from their expressions which simply want the whole ghastly business to be over and done with. But they had fond hopes, for the Commander went on and on with his pre-rehearsed monologue.

    “You boys will be birched in pairs, starting with the youngest offenders first, but at the same time, by me and your Housemasters. Now, as I call the first two names, you two boys will take your positions across the birching horses. The two senior boys, who will have the pleasure of watching their young classmates suffer for their misdeeds before themselves enjoying the doubtful pleasure of taking the birch across their own rumps, will then have the honour of fastening the wrist and ankle straps on their classmates; after which I or one of the Housemasters will make the necessary adjustments to the horses to see that that buttocks of the miscreants are in the ideal position to be beaten. Mr Selby, the senior Housemaster and I, personally, will then administer the birch simultaneously to each of these first two boys; fifteen stroke in all, which, allow me to tell you is well beneath the twenty-four stroke maximum authorised by the school rules.”

    The two youngest lads, aged about fifteen, bent across the horses, which had been so positioned that the boys’ arses faced their on-looking classmates, who were thus able to follow the punishment stroke after painful stroke. The Commander allowed them to remain in this position for several minutes, whilst he and Mr Selby each selected a birch rod, shook off the excess water and prepared to begin the punishment.

    The Commander looked at the oldest boy in the punishment detail and said: “You boy will call out the strokes one-by-one, allowing at least ten seconds pause between each, so that the lucky recipient can truly appreciate the corrective therapy he is receiving.” He smiled inwardly to himself at his choice of the word therapy; this was not to be thought of as a punishmen, but a means, alas painful, of allowing the recipient to mend his ways; in its own way, it was the equivalent of a dose of a truly nasty medicine prescribed by a doctor; one took it, in the hope that it would do one good

    The two men positioned themselves over each of their charges and on a nod from the Commander, the first stroke was called. Then both men together, simultaneously thrashed their birches down on the pair of unfortunate arses in front of them. The silence from the on-looking boys was deafening; one could have heard the proverbial pin drop; this was broken seconds later as the full pain of the birch was felt by the two lads, both of whom let out a cry of anguish. But cries of anguish were of no avail; the Commander and his cohort, pressed on, stroke after stroke until the poor lads had received the full fifteen strokes, by which time they were both howling with pain and in tears.

    It is a fact that the pain of a birching builds up from stroke to stroke, becoming ever more intense until it reaches an unbearable level, which, alas, the poor recipient has nevertheless to endure. The great advantage of the birch is that being made of light weight twigs, it produces possibly the greatest pain among the armoury of corporal punishment implements without causing any permanent physical damage to the recipient’s arse. A well applied cane can draw blood; the birch rarely, but in the hands of an experienced practitioner, such as the Commander or Mr. Selby, a well birched arse finishes up like a multicolour abstract painting: quite beautiful to behold but extremely painful for its owner!

    And behold is exactly what the onlookers were now invited to do, for on being release from their bonds, the first two young supplicants were ordered to resume their former positions on the platform, hand on heads as before, and display their roasted arses to their classmates. The Commander had talked about humiliation and humiliation there certainly was; combined, of course, with the most awful pain of the birch. The lads were not allowed to massage their smartingly incandescent buns to try to alleviate the pain, but were made to stand there, hands on heads as the gruesome pageant progressed.

    The Commander and Mr Selby, having opened the ball so to speak, then passed the other ten disrupters over to the other Housemasters, who together had decided on a plan of action and together birched the rest of the lads. So the young onlookers had the pleasure of watching twelve arses each receive fifteen strokes of the birch, an unprecedented spectacle of no less than one hundred and eighty strokes in all.

    When the last pair had been punished, the twelve miscreants stood totally naked, with their roasted buttocks facing their class mates.

    “Now, said the Commander, I want the rest of you all to leave this hall in an orderly fashion, passing in line before your chastened classmates so that you can see exactly what a well birched pair of buttocks looks like. Take a good look at what you see, for be in no doubt, this is what will happen to you if you disrupt the smooth running of this school. These boys have been punished because of their constant and repeated disobedience, as an example to you all, as well as a moment of retribution for them. This is the end of the first year of this school, but in futurem year, any boy who repeatedly breaks the rules will be publicly birched on this platform at the end of each month. I sincerely hope that we shall not have to repeat today’s proceedings ever again; but make no mistake, if necessary we shall do so; order will be preserved.”

    Thus ended one of the most awful and severe of public beatings imaginable. The twelve miscreants who had had the misfortune to take part in the affair, pulled on their singlets and shorts and slowly left the hall, a truly chastened group of lads; many still in tears and all with their arses feeling as if they were on fire. The four boys who had brought the birching horses from the punishment room were made to take them back there, together with the birch buckets. It truly had been a magnificent roasting of arses, the likes of which had never before been imagined. The truly awful truth of the matter was that, apart from the boys being flogged, pretty well everyone else, masters, warders and classmates had, in some dreadful way, actually enjoyed the spectacle, which says a great deal about certain aspects of human nature. Schadenfreude was the flavour of the moment!

    The Commander said his staff: “Well, gentlemen, I think that went as planned and I hope that the principal participants take to heart the message we have given them”

    But, as you will all probably have realised, boys being boys, this mass, therapeutic public birching became a regular end-of-month feature at Moulton-Midmarsh.

    Thus ended the first full year of operation of the Moulton-Midmarsh Reform School. The Commander was well satisfied with what he had achieved.

    CHAPTER 18

    We now have to move on several years in the annals of Moulton-Midmarsh, where life, year in, year out, mirrored that described in the preceding chapters. Boys came, boys left, but the school functioned as it had from day one. The Commander became ever more authoritarian and the cane and birch saw more and more use. The illegal homosexual liaisons between the staff and the boys flourished and as time passed, riotous parties involving the staff and certain willing older boys increased. It seemed that there was no control at all over what happened at the school and so things became ever more homoerotic, until one fateful day, some nine years after the school had been first opened, it all came to a shuddering stop; and once again it was the injudicious actions of the Commander which led to the downfall and definitive closing of the school.

    The Commander was walking along the corridor near the main dining room when hearing a strange noise from within; he entered, to catch red-handed a senior boy, Eric Lightfoot, in the process of wilfully destroying the gas mantles on the central lighting fixture, commonly called a gasolier. Remember, at the time there was no electricity in the school and the main rooms were lighted by gas burning fixtures fitted with incandescent mantles which, glowing white hot from the burning gas, gave a relatively good light. Most of you, today, will not be familiar with these mantles, which were small gauze like thimbles fitted on each gas jet. On first lighting the gas, the gauze burned off leaving the very fragile structure of rare metal oxides which became incandescent when hot; and it was precisely these delicate elements that Lightfoot, for no good reason, was intent on destroying.

    Incensed by the unwarranted destruction being carried out by the lad, the Commander marched him forthwith to the punishment room, where stripped naked, he was strapped over a beating horse ready to receive punishment. The Commander, like one of the mantles, which the lad had been destroying, was incandescent with rage, picked up a pickle-rod and started to to thrash the lad’s arse. In the great rage that he was, the Commander foolishly let his anger run away with him and simply went on and on bringing the painful rod down across the lad’s backside until it was reduced to a bloody looking mess of deep wheals Just how many cut the Commander administered no one will ever know, but Lightfoot, who had undoubtedly deserved to be thrashed for his wanton destructiveness, could barely walk when the Commander told him to go back to his house.

    As he limped into his dormitory, his Housemaster, by chance, happened to see him and realizing that something was clearly amiss, followed the boy and questioned him about what has happened. When he saw the state of the boy’s buttocks, he realized that the lad needed urgent hospital attention to avoid infection, for he was by now bleeding profusely from his beating. And so, Lightfoot was loaded into the trap and taken to the local hospital, where the young doctor who treated him was utterly horrified by what he saw. The doctor divined that something was sadly amiss at the school if a boy could be so brutally mistreated and questioned him closely about what had happened and about the school in general. Lightfoot, by now no friend of the Commander or the school in general, divulged all he knew about the excessive beatings; and further probing led to the disclosure of the existence of the regular clandestine sex parties, at which staff and older student indulged in all sorts of forbidden sexual relations. He admitted that he himself had been to several of these gatherings, where complete licentiousness reigned and nothing was forbidden.

    The young doctor thought that the police should be involved, as it was clear from Lightfoot’s revelations that things were badly amiss at the school. Well, the upshot was that the police made an unexpected raid on the school one Saturday evening and found the Commander and several of the Housemasters in what they described in their report as compromising lewd situations both among themselves and with three of four of the older boys.

    From then on, things went from bad to worse and it was downhill for the school all the way. The local press got hold of the story and had a banner headline, Sodomy at Moulton-Midmarsh Approved School and as a subheading; Headmaster and Staff accused of unnatural sexual relations with boys

    The case came to trial with enormous publicity as this was a serious case of sodomy, which, although the general public pretended did not exist, were, as ever, avid followers of the court proceedings and totally enthralled by the revelations of what went on at the school. Then as now, sex sells; or should I say, sold? The Commander, the architect of the disaster, was sentenced to five years in prison for sodomy and for inflicting grievous bodily harm on one of his charges. The several Housemasters were each sentenced to three years confinement with hard labour and the four senior boys involved, all eighteen years old, were each sent to prison for two years with hard labour and given eighteen strokes of the birch for their part in the affair.

    The Minister of Education accused the Town Council of Moulton Midmarsh of negligence in allowing the Commander to run the school free of any constraints. The Council, in turn, retorted that it was the duty of the Minister to institute such controls and to and fro the ball was batted between the two, with, of course, no conclusion.

    But there was a dramatic end to this whole affair. The Minister had, of course, appointed a temporary Warden and staff to replace the Commander and this acolytes too ensure the orderly running of the school; but some three months after the incident, a decision was taken to close down the school definitively; the inmates were distributed across a number of other similar institutions all over the country and the buildings were put up for sale. The only bright thing was that the Government of the day reaped a handsome profit on the sale of the buildings, a minor miracle, when one considers how inept are the powers that be in making money out of anything they touch.

    So there you have the sad story of the creation, the decline and the fall of the Moulton-Midmarsh Reform School all within ten brief years. I thought , having stumbled upon it by chance, that this story of a totally forgotten era, might be of interest; possibly of greater interest to most of you than my commemoration volume in celebration of the annals of the first hundred years of existence of Midfen College. But, of course, any of you who are interested to read this chronological account of the college, can obtain a copy, free of charge by applying directly to the Bursar at Midfen College, Moulton-Midmarsh, Cambridge, where I believe there are many copies still available. I am afraid that you might find it dull reading compared to the ten years of Moulton-Midmarsh under the leadership of Commander Reginald Douglas Pratt-Mainwaring, but do give it a try; it may help you get to sleep, if nothing else!

    THE END


    To get in touch with the author, send them an email.


  • Questionnaire

    Over time we have all wondered what those on line dating services really offered and how full of crap they were. All of them come with a questionnaire that wants you to believe this is all vey scientific, just fill out this form and, wham, up will pop a man that is just what you’re looking for. Maybe. Some of them, to make a buck and to add validity to their site, might charge a few bucks to take it. What they want is your credit card number so when you join, they can bill you the membership fee until you remember to “unsubscribe”.

    Of course I’ve filled out a few and, maybe it’s me, but the market for 77 year old Physicists doesn’t seem to be out there. Okay, I can ride that pony so lets see what the portrait of a perfectly nice guy who’s everything I’m not gets. 

    What I’ve done is picked out some of the usual and some of the stupider questions I found as I wandered around with my new persona. While these aren’t the answers I always gave, the comments are what I thought…assuming I was my new persona. 

    At the end, well you’ll find a message that may ring familiar.  PJ

    The Questionnaire

     

    Well, I’ve tried everything else to get a man so why not this? I’m not keen on online dating but…at arms length and assuming we’ll all lie to some degree, I’ll give it a try. This one seemed….innocuous in that it doesn’t ask for more than I’m probably willing to tell or, to put that another way, more than I’m willing to shade a bit away from reality? Also, they don’t want a “fee:” just to fill it out. Hey, this is the shop window and I’m the dummy….as it were….who will be put out to attract the customers. At least through the glass of the ether I can neither hear them laugh or get hot….although…I’m not sure how you hear someone get hot…First Question:

    Name: Well, I have one, but….in this day of everyone playing I spy maybe only part of my name and something….else. Jones? Smith? Washington? No, can’t do that, most adult males whose surname is Washington are black. sooooooo. Uhm?

    Jerome Smith….no, Jerome Smithson. Good, looks legit.

    Nickname: Jerry.

    Age: Over 21 on legal documents and not eligible for Social Security. That’s a broad range, maybe too broad…Over 21 on legal documents and not eligible for AARP. 

    Place of Residence (You may use a state only if you prefer.) Cleveland, Ohio…yes, the mistake lake place. 

    A Bit About You

    Height: 5’11

    Weight: 158-naked (heheheh)

    Hair: Yes, I have some. That’s not what they want…okay, Flat top. With a landing strip, yes, I was in the military. (Marines? that always draws a crowd but….) Air Force.

    Race: (You may decline to answer) Caucasian. 

    Size of Shoe: (? that’s kind of bizarre but…) 10.5 D

    Work: All the time. What do I do? I feel for the guys who are accountants although they may be sexy as sin, it just sounds boring. In fact, I’m a Cop. 

    Your Best Feature; Uhm….that you can see? Smile, that’s what other men tell me, just not the ones to whom I’m issuing summons.

    Favorite Color; Cop Blue. (Easy, I see it all day, I guess it is my favorite except in summer when we switch to puke beige.)

    Hobbies: Well, is fucking a hobby, an avocation or an addiction? Better go with bowling, playing Stud Poker (hehehe) hockey. 

    Favorite Position: Jeez, we gotthere quickly enough. Seated, I’m in a car all day so…Horizontal? I kinda like vertical for quickies downtown in summer.

    THE PERSONAL YOU

    Your Penis. Length: Uhm, maybe a number 2 pencil. Without the eraser and sharpened an inch or two off. That seems sort of accurate and, after all, numbers don’t mean a thing. Girth: Slightly smaller than the inside of a standard water glass when enthusiastic.

    Testicles: Now here’s a strong point for me, even the Captain has had to ask me to have my uniform pants altered. So…Meaty, firm, low hanging, always loaded. 

    Things you will and will not do;

    Christ? do they mean on a first date? Some of this shit I wouldn’t ever do…and that includes…shit. 

    Kiss? Yes

    Open Mouthed? Uhm hum

    Suck; Depends, what did we do before we got around to that and is he going to reciprocate? Like a good suck job, what man doesn’t?

    Fuck; No. Well, if it turns into an over nighter…then….To Be Determined.

    Fist; I use them professionally but…up me? No.

    Full Penetration: As opposed to what? No penetration? Then you’re not fucking or maybe I was taught wrong.

    Use of Hands: Absolutely, never a meal without use of hands. Well, honestly, how dim are these people? I expect a modest, maybe moreso, groping, I intend to grope myself. No, I mean I intend to grope someone else, not myself. This isn’t the NFL, I don’t think there’s a rule about Illegal Use Of Hands.

    Electro: Have tried….but it’s not a first date kinda thing. Like finding someone has a very well equipped “play room” the first time round. Great that they have it…maybe but don’t show it to me at first. How well do me know each other? I think being strung up and having your knob electried is definitely not a first date thing. Or maybe fifth;…

    Would You Pay For A Meal?: Going out and not paying for a meal means you may get to meet me professionally regardless of your sexual preferences. I’d prefer to go Dutch the first time.

    Where Would You Like To Have A First Date?: Well, I’ve always wanted to see Italy but for a first time that may be pushing it. I don’t know, some place public where everyone keeps their hands above the table. Dinner, easier to have a drink, if they drink, then as opposed to lunch. I don’t really drink, in my line of work, you’ve seen too many people who love to drink…wait til you’ve had to take one to the ER and they throw up on you. 

    Underwear? Briefs? Boxers? Commando?: Ever meet a cop who says they go commando and you’ve met a liar. My jock is almost illlegal, the two I ordered came in a brown paper box. Made for cage fighters who will do it no holds barred. Cup would make a goalie cry it’s so strong-he could use it to defend straight on shots. Not on duty? Jock.

    What Sort of Man Are You Seeking?: One with no wants or warrants? No, someone about my age, average Joe, like me, steady job, polite, nobody young…I’d think about a guy ten, maybe fifteen years older. My hobbies, pleasant looking. I don’t care if they’ve got a full head of hair but a full set of cock and balls would be good. Not looking for a sexual athlete but…not someone who still has their cherry.

    Domicile; I have my own place, nice if he had his. Good parking for those times when you’re up beyond midnight. Does Not Live With Family. I once had a couple of dates with a guy who said he lived with his brother but his brother was in the service. I assumed that meant, apart from his coming home on leave, he lived alone. Wrong, his brother who was in the service of some weird religious group lived at home and wanted all of us….No Family.

    Would You Travel?: I know what you mean but…how far are we stretching travel? Akron? Pittsburgh? Dallas? I’m real domesticated so maybe as far as Chagrin Falls. Would I go on a weekend date and travel, hell yes, I did that, we went to Chicago for the IML thing and…yes, I’d travel.

    Your Idea Of A Perfect Date?: Okay, cuz this may not be what you have in mind. I’m on duty and pull over a ‘Vette occupied by a guy, around 55, big brown eyes, silver ponytail, not wearing any pants. Nothing below the waist except for a PA also used to dock ships. I forget to put my vehicle in P so it rolls into the lake, mistake? Remember? Okay, he pushes up and the lid on the car flies off and I leap over the side to ride shot gun. Oh, I’m wearing leather boots that come up to my crotch, A black leather jock-remember IML? and my badge pinned to my nipple. He suggests we go someplace and exchange examinations for poison ivy. We do and find nothing. We find poison ivy fuck in it and then have to fuck in a tub full of Calsomine lotion….there’s a lot more but it’s kind of personal…

    Tattoos? Piercings? Body Mods?: Some ink courtesy the service, nothing you couldn’t bring home to the family. Might get some more. Being a cop there are too many chances to get ventilated so no piercings, like them on other guys…

    Tell Us Something About Your Last Experience; He dumped me, that do it for you? Ran off with a woman.

    Would You Date Someone of a Different Race?: Listen, I work with guys of other races and they won’t so I think I’ll take a page from their book. NO.

     

    How much more to this is there? There were fewer questions on the form when I applied for the Academy….

     

    Dear Mr. Smithson-

    We here at A Man For All Reasons noticed you started our questionaire but didn’t finish it. Might we invite you to return and do so? Also, remember, guys with pictures get more responses……

    Remember my new persona? I did fill out several forms and the above snippet of a letter came my way several times. Although the character on which I based my answers does not live in Cleveland and isn’t a cop-in Cleveland-he is a Chief Constable in Brisbane, Queens. Aus. (Sorry Bry…I didn’t tell them a tenth of what you’ve told me…..) 

    What I found is that….there isn’t much of a market for forty-ish cops in Cleveland. The responses that I got were from guys who sent a picture of themselves, well, a picture of parts of themselves which I seriously doubt were even close to reality. Did I use Bry’s picture? Yep, in his blue uniform just not showing he was wearing knee socks and short. Almost without exception, seems the photo included wasn’t the part of the anatomy they wanted. Could I send something more, uh, explicit-I believe this is called “sexting” sure, I have a favourite picture of a guy’s cock in a very elaborate cock cage made like a dragon. Its been around for years but that’s the picture I sent. Generally, after that, I heard no more. Also the very few who did try and sound genuine, were gently turned away with the excuse my old boy friend was back in town-this is the lyric, I believe, from a Sherelle’s song circa 1960. 

    I hope this will jog some memories of your days answering similar questionnaires and the results.


    To get in touch with the author, send them an email.


  • Horny Tennis Brothers

    My name is Danny, I just turned 18, and I am a senior in high school.  I have strawberry blond hair, blue eyes, and what my family calls a “peaches and cream” complexion.  Years of swimming, weightlifting,  and playing tennis have given me a well-toned physique with strong arms and legs, broad shoulders, and a solid chest with a slender mid-section.  I have always had a fascination with the sport of tennis.  Ever since I was a little boy and saw my first tennis match on TV with Andy Roddick and Novak Djokovic playing, I just couldn’t keep my eyes off of those two handsome hunks on the court.  I found the experience very erotic in every way, from the sexy athleticism of the two guys, to the fact of how incredibly hot they both looked in those white shorts and shirts.  I began masturbating then watching mens’ tennis matches and browsing through the pages of slick tennis magazines.  I found those magazines even hotter than porno magazines.  I begged my Dad for tennis lessons and have now been playing for more than a decade.  I am currently the star player of my high school tennis team – something that I am very proud of.  Strutting onto a tennis court in my designer tennis gear gives me an incredible rush – I feel strong and confident and almost like a rock star!  Its hard to describe the feeling.  Tennis is more than a sport to me – it’s a very sexual experience.  All of the buddies that I play with are also very handsome and look great on the court.  Playing a match usually gets me horny as hell.  Watching my handsome opponent spread his legs in anticipation of my serve, and seeing him make sensual leg movements as he runs to hit the ball make me pant with lust and sometimes breaks my concentration a bit.  I always need to jack off or get my cock sucked after a tennis match to calm myself down – and there’s never a shortage of horny athletes in the locker room to help me out in that department!  Tennis has given me a lot of confidence in myself and in my sexuality.  I know that I look good on the court, and I know how much my play turns on other guys.  I’ve noticed all the cute guys on the stands watching me intently and snapping pictures of me with their cell phones while I play.  I know that I am being ogled and thoroughly checked out by them, and to be honest, I love every minute of it.  For me, no other sport even comes close to the sex-appeal and erotic intensity of tennis.

    My favorite tennis partner by far is my handsome brother Justin who is a terrific player.  He is two years older than me and a sophomore in college.  Justin is two inches taller than me, with wavy brown hair, and beautiful hazel eyes that seem to sparkle in the sunlight.  He is also very athletic and has a killer body from years of working out with weights and playing soccer and tennis. Justin has rock-hard pecs and washboard abs and a virile, hairy chest that makes my mouth water.   When he’s shirtless I often reach out and play with the hair on his chest, and he’s never had a problem with me doing that.  We’ve always been very close and he is the sweetest big brother in the world.  As kids we hardly ever fought and I always had the feeling that he had my back, no matter what the situation was.  Justin always looked out for me and was very protective.  As we grew older I worshipped my brother, and I felt lucky and blessed to have so much love and support from both my Dad and my brother.  As Justin and I grew up and began to develop, I realized that my feelings for him went beyond just brotherly love.  I thought my brother was HOT – and I was very attracted to him physically.  I would get horny watching him play soccer – he looked delicious in those tight nylon shorts.  I have a framed picture of him in my bedroom in which he’s wearing his sexy soccer uniform and holding a trophy and looking amazing with his ear to ear smile that makes me melt.  I’ve often jerked off looking at that picture.  My desire for him kept growing but I didn’t quite know how to broach the subject with him.  I was afraid that he might start laughing and cause me a lot of embarrassment.

    In the last couple of years I have gotten subtle hints from him that perhaps he feels the same way about me.  Justin is very affectionate, and I love it when he tousles my hair, or playfully pinches my cheek or does other similar gestures.  We always hug and peck each other on the lips when saying hello or goodbye – which I love.  It makes me fall in love with him even more.  If only I knew for sure how he felt about me!

    One night we were both home alone and he was watching a tennis match on TV.  It was a pretty warm night so we both were hanging out in just our skimpy bikini briefs.  Justin was sitting on the floor in front of the TV and he looked so fucking hot in that black string bikini he had on that I was having trouble trying to conceal my hard-on in my own red tanga briefs.  That’s another thing we had in common: we both loved sexy, skimpy underwear and we often went together to department stores hunting for new colors and styles for our underwear drawers.  We would compare notes on the boxes we picked and comment on how good the models in the pictures looked before deciding which ones we wanted for ourselves.  I always found these shopping trips extremely erotic and fun.  When we got home from shopping, we would usually strip down and model our new briefsand we would compliment each other on how good we looked.  This would make us both horny and we would inevitably end up lying side by side on the bed masturbating ourselves and each other to strong orgasms.  This was fun and hot, but hardly unusual behavior among brothers, and we just enjoyed it but never thought much of it.  Now, however, I was starting to want more.  Justin had a beautiful 8-inch cock that looked so luscious.  I desperately wanted to suck it.  My cock is about 7 inches long, but a little thicker than his.  After our mutual jack off sessions we usually just went about our business and never really talked about it.

    Anyway, that night I walked into the TV room and just gazed at the exquisite beauty of my big brother and we chatted briefly about the tennis match he was watching.  “Danny, why don’t you watch with me for a while and keep me company?” he asked.  Then he spread his legs and motioned for me to come sit between them.  I got so excited.  I carefully stepped between his toned legs and sat down in front of him, cuddling up to his chest as I did so.  The hair on his chest felt soft and yet prickly against my bare back.  I pushed back my butt to press against him and to feel his warm crotch against my butt.  This was all so sensual and yet so beautiful.  Once I was comfortable, Justin wrapped his arms around my slender belly and rested his chin on my shoulder.  As we watched the tennis match I slowly rubbed his legs with my hands.  This was all so wonderful – sharing this warm intimacy with my own brother as we watched two gorgeous European guys play tennis on the TV.  As we made comments on the match and on the players’ outfits, Justin lightly rubbed my chest and stomach with the tips of his fingers, and I was in heaven.  Then I noticed that Justin was very gently nibbling on my shoulder.  I sighed and leaned back into him.  Then, to my surprise, he started nibbling on my ear.  His soft lips felt so wonderful.  The combination of my brother’s tenderness and watching that hot tennis match soon had me extremely aroused.  My cock got rock-hard again and the mushroom head now was peeking over the waistband of my tanga, unable to stay contained in that skimpy pouch.  I was loving every minute of this affection that my brother was showing me with both of us cuddling so close together.  I could feel his erection straining through his bikini as well as it rubbed against my backside.  Then Justin did the most unbelievable thing: he started licking my ear with his warm tongue.  I shuddered as he didthis and pre-cum now oozed copiously from my dick, creating a very visible sticky stain on the waistband of my tanga – and there was no way that he couldn’t have noticed that.   I had never felt such love and desire for my brother as I did at that moment.  He continued caressing me and sticking his tongue in my ear and I thought I was going to lose it.  Then, suddenly, the tennis match on the TV was over, and everything stopped.  We watched the two gorgeous guys on the screen shake hands, and then Justin gave me a little peck on the cheek, and told me that he was going to bed.  Shit!  Confused and a bit upset, I got up from the floor, and forced a smile as I watched him go into his room – his perfect bubble butt wiggling sexily under the narrow v-seat of those string bikini briefs he was wearing.  My cock throbbed and pulsated watching him.  Just before he closed his door, he asked me if I wanted to play tennis with him the next morning, and I replied that I would love to.

    Now, lying on my bed, I was still very confused and even a bit hurt.  What was that all about?  He was obviously turning me on – so whydid he stop and leave me with a really bad case of blue balls?  Was he teasing me?  Whatever it was, he had left me panting and clawing at the walls with horniness, so I slid off my tanga and grabbed my aching cock, and proceeded to jerk off like a maniac.  My orgasm was very intense and I cried out loudly as I shot my huge load all over my heaving chest and belly.  As I was coming down from my climax, I was pretty sure that I heard muffled moans and then a loud gasp coming from the other side of the wall, where Justin’s bedroom was.  He was also jacking off!  So he had been as turned on as I was!  So why didn’t we go all the way then?  A minute later I heard Justin go into the bathroom, no doubt for his post-orgasm pee and clean-up.  I followed suit soon after and then went to sleep, still thinking about my hot brother, and looking forward to playing tennis with him the next day.

    The next morning I woke up full of anticipation as I quickly showered and groomed and began to get ready for tennis.  I carefully picked out my outfit since I wanted to look good for Justin.  I licked my lips as I pulled on a tight g-string with black and red stripes on the pouch, and felt warm all over asI watched the stretchy fabric cocoon my cock and balls.  It was one of my favorite briefs and I often wore it when I went out on a date with a hot guy.  Once I was satisfied with the fit and position of the pouch, I stepped into sharp-looking black designer tennis shorts, followed by a pale blue matching polo shirt, and finally white gym socks and new white sneakers.  I knew I looked good and I felt great as I combed my hair.  While I was doing all this I heard Justin also hit the shower and then go into his room to get ready.  Our Dad had many errands to run so he had left early and me and my brother had the house to ourselves again.  As I stood in front of my mirror admiring myself in my tennis clothes, I heard Justin coming to my bedroom door.  I turned around and saw him, freshly scrubbed and looking more handsome than a movie star, standing there gazing at me, with that lovely smile on his face.  I sucked in my breath as I checked out my brother who looked stunning in his tennis whites.  His strong arms and torso were exploding out of his tight shirt, and his long tanned legs disappeared into crisp white shorts.  I just couldn’t believe that this drop-dead gorgeous stud was my own brother.  “You look hot, baby brother” he said to me as he looked at me from the doorway, his hands in his pockets.  Justin walked up behind me and put his hands on my waist and said “you look so good in these, Danny,” as he slid his hands up and down my thighs, bunching up my shorts first, and then carefully smoothing them down again.  He leaned his nose closer to my neck and took a deep breath, no doubt enjoying the scent of the cologne I had splashed on.  I blushed and smiled sheepishly at him.  “You look amazing yourself” I said, reaching out behind me and running the back of my hand against the legs of his shorts.  My cock was hard now and, looking down at his crotch, I noticed a very prominent bulge as well.  I grabbed my racquet and asked him if he was ready to go out to the tennis court in our backyard.  Justin didn’t move and just stared at me with a lustful look in his beautiful eyes.  I looked into his eyes as well and I knew that this was it – my wet dreams were about to come true.  Justin walked towards me and took the racquet out of my hand and tossed it onto the bed.  “I have a better idea” he said as he wrapped his arms around me and pulled me into a tight bear hug.  I closed my eyes and held him tightly, enjoying the warmth of his body pressed against mine.  We rubbed each other’s backs as we hugged in silence.  “I love you little brother”  Justin whispered into my ear as he rubbed the back of my head.  “I love you too” I said softly, pressing my crotch into his.  We rubbed our crotches together for a few moments, both of us panting as we did so.  Justin then cupped my face with both of his hands and looked very seriously at me.  “I wanted to do this last night but I got a little nervous” he confessed.  Then he added, “But I can’t hold back any longer.”“For what?” I asked coyly, even though I knew the answer.  Justin lowered his gaze a bit and then ran his finger across my lips.  “Instinctively I closed my eyes and sucked his finger into my mouth.  We both breathed heavily and stayed quiet for a moment.  For this” he finally said, and he pressed his mouth against mine, and we began to French kiss very passionately.  I stiffened at first, but quickly relaxed.  I finally had the answer!  Justin did indeed like me in the same way that I liked him.

    The taste of my brother’s tongue in my mouth was electric.  My head was spinning and my knees felt weak as we continued kissing.  I couldn’t believe that this was actually happening.  I had dreamed and fantasized and jerked off imagining this moment, and now it was real.  Our kissing became hungrier and more desperate.  The room was absolutely quiet except for our soft gasps and the wet, slurping sounds from our mouths.  As we kissed I reached down and playfully began to tug at the cuffs of my brother’s shorts.  I felt the soft material with my fingers and traced the cuffs and pockets and zipper.  Justin then began to do the same to me, gently rubbing my thighs and crotch through my shorts.  His hand went up the leg of my shorts and he began to rub my balls with his thumb and forefinger.  I gasped and shuddered, then kissed him even harder.  Now I slid my hand into his shorts and started rubbing his cock, which was tightly packed into one of his bikinis.  I thought I might bust a nut just from doing what we were doing at that moment.  We stopped kissing for a second to catch our breath as we continued fondling each other through our shorts.  I stuck my pink, wet tongue completely out of my mouth and offered it to Justin.  “Oh Danny” he whispered as he leaned forward and pursed those soft lips of his over my tongue and began suckin on it very gently, just sliding his wet lips back and forth over the entire length of my tongue.  We looked deep into each other’s eyes as he did this, both of us insane with lust by now.

    Soon Justin sucked my tongue into his mouth completely as we began another round of furious wet kissing.  Justin now undid my shorts and they slid down my legs as I stepped out of them.  My brother stopped kissing me to look at my briefs.  “Oh baby” he muttered as he rubbed my bulging pouch.  “You are so sexy” he said in a hoarse whisper, never taking his eyes off of my bulging g-string.  Feeling emboldened by his reaction, I spread my legs into a masculine stance and slowly peeled off my shirt.  Then I closed my eyes, raised my arms and crossed them over my head, and began to lick my own biceps sensuously as he continued to drool over my tiny briefs.  I had never felt so sexy or manly in my life.  I was no longer a boy – my brother was making a man out of me.  He got down on one knee and started licking and sucking my bulge in a state of pure erotic abandon.  The sight of my brother down there licking me with his white shorts riding up slightly on his thighs was so damn erotic – he looked like a tennis sex angel to me.  Justin stood up again and began to lick my chest while he rubbed my thighs and legs.  He then flickered his warm, wet tongue over my very sensitive nipples, causing me to shudder and gasp in pleasure.  Standing there with my brother worshipping me in my g-string, while he was still dressed in his tennis clothes was so incredibly hot.  What was taking place between us was beyond erotic – this was in a category all by itself.  I felt a rush of love for my brother like I’d never felt before.  I caressed him as he licked and sucked on my nipples and drove me crazy.  I ran my fingers through his soft brown hair.  “I love you so much” I told him in a weak voice.

    We both kicked off our tennis shoes and I removed Justin’s shirt and threw it on the floor.  Fuck, there was that incredible hairy chest again, causing me to close my mouth to avoid drooling like a baby.  I began to kiss him again as I undid his shorts.  My mouth went dry and I sucked in my breath as I opened the flaps and lowered them a bit to see his underwear.  “Oh God” I said as I looked at his crotch.  He was wearing a sizzling black thong made of some shiny material.  It was so soft and smooth to the touch, and he looked fucking incredible in it.  When had he gotten this one?  I wondered while playing with it – it certainly had not been on one of our underwear shopping trips!  “Christ, these are so fucking hot” I said softly, my voice quivering, as I rubbed his bulge through that shiny pouch.  “I wanted to surprise you” said Justin in a husky whisper, just before we started kissing again.  “I thought you’d like these” he added as he lowered and then stepped out of his shorts.  We devoured each other’s mouths as we rubbed our bulges together.  I llowered my head and began sucking on Justin’s nipples with relish as he ran his fingers through my hair.  I panted and whimpered as I licked and sucked on his brawny, hairy chest.  I ran my hand across that furry chest as I kissed him again.  I finally couldn’t take it anymore.  I dropped to my knees an dcupped my mouth over his bulge.  Justin gasped softly and continued caressing me.  “That’s it little brother.  Worship my thong” he whispered as I drooled and panted at the sight of him in that super sexy thong.  Then I lost it.  I lunged for his crotch like a madman.  I whimpered loudly as I munched, bit, sucked, and desperately licked that pouch until it was very damp.  then I traced my lips across the narrow side straps and growled like a dog as I bit them and attempted to pull off his thong with my teeth.  Strange, guttural sounds emanated from me in this frenzy.  This was my brother, dammit!  He was my own flesh and blood, my hot big brother, and he belonged to me and to nobody else.  My body was on fire and nothing else mattered at that moment.  I was going to pleasure him like no one else in the world ever could.  I wanted that cock so badly that it hurt.  I was pressing into Justin with so much force that he lost his balance and stumbled backwards.  He steadied himself again by placing one hand on a table and the other one against the wall.  “Easy, easy, Danny, calm down!  Holy shit” said Justin nervously as I attacked his crotch, but I was out of control and there was no stopping me now!

    I lowered Justin’s thong.  He stepped out of it and kicked It aside as he placed both of his hands on either side of my face.  I didn’t need any more encouragement from him.  His huge cock pointed right at my mouth and I dove for it with fury.  Justin gasped as I began to suck him for dear life.  I slobbered over his cock and balls and slurped loudly as he thrust it into my mouth repeatedly.  I just couldn’t get enough as I deep-throated him with desperate desire.  I had wanted that cock for so long.  Now I wasn’t letting go.  I knew Justin would love seeing me suck him while still wearing my g-string so I kept it on the whole time, my own hard cock tenting the pouch outwards so strongly that I thought I might tear it apart.  “Oh Danny, oh God”  Justin moaned as I sucked him off and rocked his world.  I sucked, bit, blew, licked, vacuumed, and slobbered all over him with burning intensity.  Justin’s legs began to tremble and I knew he was getting close to the edge.  I wanted to taste his cum so badly.  I intensified my sucking as he pounded my mouth with no mercy.  Suddenly Justin closed his eyes, threw his head back, and began to cry out in ecstasy as his cock and balls swelled up and I finally felt that torrent of sweet, warm cum start flooding my mouth and throat.  Fuck, it was so delicious!  My brother’s head turned from side to side and he kept crying out in sweet pleasure as he held my head tight and continued to unload his spunk into my eager mouth.  Damn, he shot quite a load!  I must have gulped it down at least 3 times.  As Justin’s orgasm began to subside, he quieted down, and slowed down his thrusting motions.  His cock popped out of my mouth and I quickly jumped to my feet and began kissing him.  He moaned softly as our tongues danced together and he tasted the remnants of his own cum in my mouth.  It was a very juicy kiss as he gently tickled my flat stomach and I tweaked his nipples.  We finally stopped kissing and panted as we caught our breath.  My brother leaned his head on my shoulder and rubbed my back.  “Wow” he said weakly.  “Fuck yeah” I said in a breathy voice.  What a wonderful moment of shared ecstasy and brotherhood.

    Justin gave me another soft kiss and then said “your turn.”  A shiver of excitement went through me as my loins quivered with anticipation.  He then surprised me by picking me up in his arms and literally carrying me to the bed.  I sighed and went limp in his arms – I never knew he was so strong!  Justin gently laid me on the bed and put a pillow under my head.  Then he got on the bed between my legs where he lay flat on his stomach with his face on top of my crotch.  He closed his eyes and began to lick and slurp on the pouch of my g-string.  I ran my hands up and down my chest as the most exquisite sensations ran through my body.  I sucked on my finger and then used it to stimulate my nipples.  My brother continued licking my briefs as my eyes glazed looking at him with pure wonder and lust.  Justin carefully pulled aside my pouch and tongued my swollen balls which made me gasp and shudder.  I couldn’t take this torture anymore and began to remove my g-string.  Justin slid it off of me and finally he took my trembling cock in his hand and put it into his mouth.  My body jerked as I felt his warm wetness wrap itself around me.  His lips felt like smooth, wet silk as they slid along the length of my shaft.  I had experienced many blowjobs already from most of my tennis buddies, but this was different, this was so special.  This was my own brother demonstrating to me the purity and the full extent of his love.  This was a tender moment between us that cannot be replicated with anyone else.  He was going to great lengths to make sure that I was satisfied.  He was sucking me the way only my own brother could.  I reached down and held his head as he sucked me very hotly and very passionately.  “This is it” I thought as his soft wet mouth went up and down my shaft.  “This is why we are here on Earth.”  I began a gentle thrusting motion with my hips as I rubbed his head.  The pleasure was undescribable as I thrashed in wild abandon.  “Oh Justin, baby, oh my God, I love you” I moaned as he sucked me.  It wasn’t long before I felt myself begin to boil.  As my orgasm built up I panted louder and louder and Justin sucked harder and faster.  I finally reached the point of no return and I started crying out loud as my hips started bucking and I felt that sweet wave of pleasure wash through my entire body.  I began to shout Justin’s name as my cock jerked violently inside my brother’s mouth as I shot a torrent of hot cream down his throat.  I didn’t care who heard me, I let myself go completely, and cried out and shouted at the top of my lungs as I emptied my load of spunk into my big brother’s hot mouth.  Justin moaned and gulped several times as he swallowed my rather hefty load.  This was truly the most intense and earth-shattering orgasm of my young life – I had never felt anything quite like it.  My toes had curled and my legs had contracted so violently that they were now wrapped around my brother’s back.  I finally began to calm down as I slowly untangled myself from Justin and just laid there too weak to even speak.  We were both exhausted but deeply satisfied as we panted and caught our breath.  I looked down at Justinand just gazed at his beautiful, sleepy face resting on my thigh.

    I looked at Justin with my best puppy dog eyes and asked him to fuck me.  Now I wanted that hot cock up my ass and I thought I might die if I didn’t have it right then and there.  “anything you want little brother” was Justin’s reply as we both began to get into position.  I got on all fours on my bed as Justin picked up my bottle of lube from my night stand.  My breathing increased as he began to grease my hole up with two fingers.  It felt so wonderful down there with the slippery gel and his fingers probing.  My butt ached for him.  Justin then smeared a generous amount of lube on his cock, sighing as he did so.  He put the bottle aside and then began to position himself on his knees behind me.  “Oh God” I gasped as he began to enter me.  He was doing it gently – unsure of how loose I was and not wanting to hurt me.  “go deep, baby” I told him to encourage him to go for it.  Justin grabbed my butt cheeks in his hands andpushed until he was completely inside of me, our balls slapping together.  I cried out in pleasure as the mushroom head of his cock rubbed against my prostate.  This was so delicious.  Now Justin began to pump in and out in a steady rhythm, gasping as he did so.  Our two bodies were now one.  We had reached the highest degree of intimacy that two brothers could ever share.  I was in heaven.  Sticky pre-cum oozed from the piss slit on my cock in a long, narrow strand onto the bedspread.  Justin moaned and gasped as he began to pump me harder.  “Fuck me brother, fuck me hard, make me scream” I yelled at him as our sensations began to intensify.  Justin started ramming me with no mercy, each thrust hitting my prostate head on, making me squeal like a little girl with pleasure.  My brother continued pumping me hard and the bed shook and the room was filled with both of our cries of pleasure.  It was unbelievable.  I felt Justin’s cock swell up inside my ass and I knew this was the moment.  Justin began to shout “Oh Danny, oh baby” as he thrust desperately until he threw his head back and shouted at the top of his lungs as I felt his torrent of hot cum flood my insides.  I reached down between my legs at the same time and quickly pumped my throbbing cock and cried out as I released another load onto my bed.  We were both in a frenzy as the bed bounced up and down and we cried and shouted in ecstasy.  My brother’s pumping began to slow down and we panted as we began to cool down.  I had never felt such sweet pleasure in my life before.  This was fucking incredible.  Justin’s cock popped out of my ass with a soft, squishy sound and I collapsed on my stomach on the bed, still catching my breath.  Justin slowly collapsed in aheap as well on top of me, with his head near my ass.  I gasped as he licked the overflow of his cum from my butthole with some long, slow strokes of his tongue, slurping loudly as he did so.  He then smacked his lips and laid down again, resting his cheek on my butt.  He lovingly caressed me as we lay there basking in this exquisite afterglow.

    I sat up on the bed and reached out for my brother.  I hooked my arms under his armpits and pulled him up towards me.  Justin flopped himself against me.  He wrapped his arm around my belly as I cradled his head in my arm.  I leaned over and gave him a soft kiss.  “I love you baby brother” he said.  “From now on, we are going to do this every single day, okay?” he asked.  It was a rhetorical question, of course.  “Oh hell yes” I replied.  “And I love you even more” I added as I caressed his cheek with my hand.  I felt like the luckiest guy in the world.  We kissed again for a few more moments.  This time our kisses were soft and tender.  then we fell asleep in each other’s arms.

    I don’t know how long we were passed out but we were both startled awake by a voice coming from my bedroom door.  “Well, well, well, what is this cozy little scene?” we heard the familiar male voice ask.  Justin and I groggily looked up to see our tall, handsome Dad standing at the door observing us in amusement and then glancing around at the array of tennis shoes, shirts, shorts, and bikinis scattered all over the floor.  We were in shock and didn’t know what to say.  Then, to our relief and delight, we saw a broad smile begin to spread across Dad’s face.  “I was wondering when the two of you were finally going to do each other” he chuckled.  My gaze then traveled down to the crotch of his stylish khaki shorts, where I saw the huge bulge clearly outlining his hard cock as Dad rubbed his stomach through his t-shirt.  I looked at Justin, who had apparently noticed Dad’s bulge as well. and winked at him as he smiled at me.  We knew then that everything was cool and that life at home was going to be a lot more fun from now on!


    To get in touch with the author, send them an email.


  • In Like A Lion

    This story features characters from the book BEARDING THE LION, by J. Mercury Jones and Sween McDervish. It is an entirely fictional work of adult erotic fantasy, copyright BoyMercuryX and BroodingMuscle 2018 (aka Mercury and Sween).

    Lyrics to Let Them Knock by Bosco Mann. The song appears on the album 100 Days, 100 Nights by Sharon Jones & the Dap Kings. ♡

    To be added to our mailing lists please shoot an email to [email protected].  Your email will never be shared or sold, and email listers can have a free ePub version of the story.

    You can find us on tumblr at boymercuryx.tumblr.com or broodingmuscle.tumblr.com

    Talk to us – we love to hear from you!


    IN LIKE A LION by BoyMercuryX and BroodingMuscle

    1.

    Even an outsider at the Triple Hit MMA Gym like David Levy knows when something is different. The cool March air is charged, and there are more guys than usual for any given weekend day. There’s the hardcore trainers, heavy with muscle and more than a few of them with some wear and tear on their mugs, the young guys trying it out, and the tourists who are flirting with MMA because of something they saw on TV.

    David feels more tolerated at the gym than accepted, but tolerated is a big step up from where he started. And even being tolerated is because of of David’s friendship with Connor Ryan, up and coming MMA prospect and the gym’s closest claim to fame. That tolerance is also due to the gym’s owner Ken Kelly, Ryan’s uncle. He’s the one who made it all happen, in a way, by allowing David in to research a story on mixed martial arts and assigning his nephew to be shadowed for the story.

    Reporters are close to the most undesirable types at a place like the Triple Hit, where the guys are by nature private and feel misrepresented in the media. In addition, no one wants how they train to be part of even an innocent story. They don’t want to broadcast their techniques and risk giving some opponent an edge to use against them. That’s the first rule David learned from Ryan: Never ever give up your moves.

    But today David isn’t at the Triple Hit as a reporter. He was mysteriously invited by Ryan for “something special”, but as he is from time to time, the red-haired fighter is late. David is left milling about on his own and boredom makes him curious, even distracted as he is in the humid, testosterone-rich atmosphere of the gym, with every muscled man passing him as they outdo each other with their flexes and stretches. He’s trying to not be a reporter, just one of the guys, but he can’t resist asking a few questions.

    “Hey, what’s going on?” David asks Chad, one of the more approachable regulars at the gym.

    “St. Patrick’s Day,” answers Chad, looking him up and down. “You did not wear any green.”

    Was he just checking me out, David wonders? “Ugh, Ryan didn’t tell me anything. He said it was a surprise.” He would have at least worn a green tie if he had one, instead of his usual skinny black tie. “So is Kelly going to serve up green beer or something?”

    “No,” Chad replies, shaking his head and smiling.

    “REALLY?” David responds in shock. “Big old-school Irish guy like Kelly. I’d figure he’d be a hell of a partier on this day.”

    “Oh, there is beer. And also he makes a big meal for anyone at the gym,” Chad explains. “But the main event is the arm wrestling.”

    “Is that a thing? Arm wrestling?” David asks. “I’m not Irish.”

    “Do I look Irish to you?” Chad asks, doubling down on his accent to make the point, then spreading his dark lips wide in a dazzling smile. “I think it is just his thing. Once a year, Kelly takes on all comers. When someone beats him or he is out of challengers, we get food and beer, but not before.”

    “Cool,” says David, nodding. “Arm wrestling day.”

    After an awkward silence David asks, “How long have you been in the US?”

    “Three years,” answers Chad. “I am from Burundi.”

    “In East Africa?”

    “You know Burundi? No one knows where Burundi is, it is so small. When I came here I did not know anyone till this gymnasium.”

    “Well,” David shrugs, “I only know one thing. There was an ’80s singer who used Burundi drums in his music. That’s all I know.”

    Chad laughs, “The 1980s? I was born in 1995.”

    “Oh 1990 myself,” David replies. “But old music is kind of a thing of mine.”

    “Our drums are famous in Africa,” Chad says. “Who is the singer?”

    “Uh, Adam Ant,” David answers, embarrassed by the name and his esoteric knowledge.

    Chad quizzically pantomimes a scurrying insect with his fingers, and asks “Ant?”

    David nods yes and they both laugh.

    They go back to longer silences, but they’re less awkward. David knows more about Burundi than he let on, all of it terrible. He wonders what awful shit Chad has seen, and wonders if he would have had the balls to immigrate to the US alone and at such a young age as Chad.

    “Where is Ryan?” Chad asks.

    “He had a morning shift, but he’s supposed to be here,” David answers.

    Even hearing Ryan’s name at the gym tugs at David’s balls. The fighter’s jutting jaw and curling red hair get to David like no one else. In fact the only one who comes close is Kelly, who’s really just a blond version of Ryan with an extra 20 years and about 50 more pounds of muscle.

    “So what is with you two?” Chad asks in lower, more private tones.

    David shrugs and says, “If you figure it out, let me know.”

    2.

    Kelly wears a threadbare green ringer T-shirt that looks to be half again as old as he is and says “Kiss me, I’m Irish!” in faded print stretched tight over his powerful chest. He’s standing amidst the free weights and pumping out dumbbell curls while a mix of MMA fighters and spectators crowd him, cheering. Everyone is getting into it, pointing at his veiny arms as the muscle there bulges and ripples, taking pictures on their phones. Some of them look like they might have pre-drunk their green beer at home.

    David approaches Kelly and nods at the t-shirt logo. “Get many offers?” he asks, wickedly.

    Kelly drops the dumbbells with a clang and advances on him, his voice like gravel. “Lots. I’m like the Blarney Stone.” David gapes and for a moment his mind goes blank as he unconsciously licks his lips. Then Kelly brings his right arm up in from of David’s face and flexes, a giant bicep erupting upwards like Mount Vesuvius.

    “O-Oh!” David stammers.

    Kelly nods his head toward it. “Like I said, the Blarney Stone.” He stands there expectantly, staring David down.

    Chad whispers in David ear, “You are supposed to kiss it!”

    “Uh…” David’s brain fogs over staring at that massive round ball of masculine power and he can’t think of what to say. “Seriously?”

    “Yes, it is tradition.”

    But David waits a fraction of a second too long, and Kelly moves on, moving toward the sparring ring.

    David’s jaw drops as one by one, tough-looking, tattooed MMA fighters line up to slap and kiss the hard peak of Kelly’s arm. They all hoot and holler like it’s the coolest thing ever. One bearded dude who looks like a biker gang enforcer takes a goofy selfie while he gives the muscle a big smooch.

    David licks his lips again, absentmindedly. Kissing the Blarney Stone is supposed to give you the gift of blarney – or eloquence. How ironic that the thought of pressing his lips to Kelly’s bulging bicep has rendered him speechless.

    Finally, David shakes his head in disbelief, “Yeah, that’s not gay at all.” Chad cracks up.

    At the center of the gym is one of three sparring rings, one of which David knows intimately. It’s the spot where Ryan first sparred with him, thinking to humiliate him into abandoning the story. He just didn’t count on David’s tenacity. It’s also the spot where they later had their after-hours “bout”. Every time David sees it, he’s put in mind of their marathon first fuck there, and his briefs get contorted as his big cock goes stiff.

    But today there’s a table set in the center of the ring with two seats, one on either side. Kelly stands at the table and announces the rules, just as Chad had explained: all comers are welcome. When Kelly is beat or when there are no more challengers, they eat. Kelly gestures across the room to the party tins filled with corned beef and cabbage, and kegs of beer.

    Erin go Bragh. Ireland forever,” Kelly says and slaps a paw on his thick chest over his heart. “Today we’re all Irish, boys!”

    His first opponent is already seated, a Latino boxer David knows is called Guapo because the word is tattooed across his back. Kelly stretches his arms and rotates his shoulders. He shakes hands with Guapo, but subsequently doesn’t speak or make eye contact, looking very focused.

    The center ring is surrounded by spectators eager to watch the battle unfold. And, looking almost as out of place as himself, David sees a tall woman with a regal bearing. Jameelah, Kelly’s lady. David uses the word lady deliberately. The first time he saw her he did a double-take, sure it was Angela Bassett on Kelly’s arm, unlikely as that might be. They hadn’t talked, but he’d been smitten by her commanding presence.

    He walks up to her and says, “Excuse me, you must be Jameelah.” He extends a hand. “I’m David Levy, a… friend of Kelly’s nephew Ryan.”

    She takes a long slow look from his fingertips up his wiry frame to his long face and glasses, before she places her hand in his, saying, “Oh I know who you are.”

    Damn it, he thinks, noting how her hand feels like it could crush his. Why does this keep happening to me, here?

    “Where is Connor anyway?” she asks.

    “Morning shift at the factory,” David explains, silently noting that she calls Ryan by his first name. The standard at the gym is guys go by their last name, like Ryan, or a nickname like Guapo. “He’s supposed to be here any time.”

    “On the holiday? Kelly won’t like that.”

    “I guess not, but he does equipment repair and they’ve got a problem.”

    “Hmmm. Be a dear and fetch my chair, would you?” she asks in a way that’s not a question at all, and David obliges.

    The ring’s bell sounds, cutting through the gym’s chatter, and David turns to see that the match has started. Guapo is about Ryan’s size and has some impressive lats that are straining, along with all his other muscles, as he pushes against Kelly’s arm. Kelly’s arm is tight and flexed—and completely immobile. After a full twenty minutes of this, during which Guapo’s back gets shiny with perspiration, he wilts like a leaf and Kelly pushes his arm to the table smoothly. Guapo gets up silently, the expression on his face hardly changed as he descends out of the ring. He knew he didn’t have a chance, David thinks.

    Kelly pulls both arms up into an impressive double biceps pose and David swears he sees a few more threads pop on that thinly stretched shirt. He also hears the bearded biker let out a little girly moan, before flushing red and looking around, embarrassed.

    “Who’s next?” Kelly growls.

    Chad appears again at David’s side. “He always takes it easy on the first guy. He has to do that or else he would not get any more volunteers to start off—”

    “That was him taking it easy?”

    “—but now watch this!”

    The next three matches are over in a flash as Kelly slams his arm down to the table like a spring-loaded bear trap. One guy with tattoos up and down his neck, arms and face is the first competitor who’s appreciably bigger than Kelly, and when the gym owner crushes him, he bursts into tears.

    “Aw, jeez—” Kelly swears under his breath, and looks uncomfortable. David is shocked, but then he remembers Ryan’s take on some of the Triple Hit’s clientele, that their tough-guy exteriors hide a lot of insecurities. David thought teardrop tattoos on the face meant something else, but he shrugs. Guess he’s just a crier.

    <Where are you?> he texts Ryan. <It’s starting!>

    <Don’t worry Driver! It’ll last a while!> Ryan responds.

    <I don’t know.> David insists. <Some of these guys are even bigger than him.>

    <LOL. It’s like lifting Thor’s hammer.> Ryan replies. <It’s not all about size.>

    Thor’s hammer, thinks David. There’s got to be a way.

    The next guy up is an eighteen-year-old with a gymnast physique who tries to get the crowd going by pulling off his shirt to show off a shelf of pecs carved with a t-square. He flexes his arms and does some pro wrestling-style grandstanding until Kelly yells at him. Whether it’s because he’s mindful of this guy’s age or the fact he made his last opponent cry, Kelly takes some time to teach the dude some armwrestling technique about how to hold your wrist and how to turn around a difficult position.

    David listens closely, and slides his tablet out of his day bag to write down a few notes. This could come in handy, he thinks.

    When they finally get to the match, Kelly slams down his arm like it’s made of cooked pasta, and the young guy does a head-over-heels flip and pitches himself into the fight ring’s ropes, entangling himself comically. The crowd roars with laughter and even Kelly cracks a smile before shouting, “Get out of here, ya clown!”

    3.

    In the third hour Chad goes in. So far nobody has even budged Kelly’s arm from the vertical, and David notes that his strategy with the bigger, more muscled fighters is to let them exhaust themselves against his immovable might before crushing them with a dominating arm slam. A rare few have managed to halt the final destruction briefly, but all it seems to do is make Kelly mad. David saw one bodybuilder shake out his hand after his match, as if Kelly had crushed his fingers as punishment for his defiance.

    “I hope they wore him down a little for me,” Chad says to David.

    “Good strategy,” the reporter replies, trying not to look skeptical now that he has formed a bit of a kinship with the well-built fighter.

    Chad laughs, rolling his shoulders and stepping into the ring.

    Chad lasts ten minutes, which is twice as long as the guy before him. When he stands, David can see the sweat running down from his pits into the white tank top that barely cups his slab-like pecs.

    “I gave you a hard time, yes?” Chad says to Kelly, laughing.

    “You did okay,” Kelly answers, and David think he sees a bead of sweat run down from Kelly’s temple.

    Thinking he’s not likely to get a better chance, David steps up to the table. The guys laugh and a few hoot, but in his head David invokes the time he first got into the ring with Connor Ryan. He was knocked down three times then, but dragged himself up after each. You can do this, he tells himself. It’s just Thor’s hammer. Glancing over his shoulder he can see Jameelah take an interest, leaning forward and running a manicured nail along her juicy bottom lip.

    As David takes the seat opposite Kelly his shirt sleeves are rolled up as they usually are, his lanky forearms bared displaying his two tattoos in typewriter script. Rarely pure, never simple inside his right forearm, 1/10,000 inside the left. He positions his hand and wrist just the way he saw Kelly demonstrate a few minutes earlier.

    “Who taught you that?” Kelly asks, nodding his approval.

    “You did,” David says proudly, then takes a second to throw his tie over his shoulder.

    “Worried you’re gonna get that caught somewhere?” Kelly sneers with a raised eyebrow.

    David looks at the steel muscles of Kelly’s pumped right arm. With its ridges, striations and snaking hose-like veins it does indeed seem like some kind of hydraulic machine up close. “It could happen,” David jokes.

    David’s own hands, like his feet, are bigger than ordinary, but in Kelly’s meaty paw his palm feels insubstantial. At the same time, David squirms in his seat, his semi-hard cock angling for a place in his briefs. Fuck, Kelly looks so much like Ryan, and he even smells like him, and sitting there face to face in this ring of all places charges David up.

    The whistle blows and David throws his entire one hundred fifty pounds against Kelly’s standing forearm, easily thicker than David’s own upper arm. He almost twists himself out of his seat trying to angle for a position, while Kelly sits calmly still as if he’s carved from stone.

    “You’re not even trying, are you?” David asks through gritted teeth.

    “Not so much,” Kelly answers, looking bored.

    “Are you gonna—”

    Kelly answers by slamming David’s arm down flat, faster than the reporter can even see. Hell.

    Everyone laughs around them but Jameelah, though even she has a sly side-smile.

    “Again,” says David, cracking his neck and shaking out his hand.

    “Kid—” Kelly begins, but the reporter interrupts him.

    “Two out of three,” says David, thrusting his jaw in his best Connor Ryan impression, and setting his elbow in place, again per Kelly’s earlier instruction.

    The second round begins much like the first, David positioned against against Kelly’s arm, as if he were trying to push down an oak.

    “Funny to lose in this ring of all places,” David whispers loud enough for just Kelly to hear, “I usually come out on top with Ryan here.”

    Kelly raises an eyebrow, and he mutters, “Get outta here.”

    “Five times in fact,” David whispers through his grunts. “Right here. But don’t worry. Unf! It’s all after hours.”

    Kelly flinches and David immediately presses in hard, with the exact technique Kelly taught the young kid earlier. Kelly’s arm falters, tipping without warning, just an inch before Kelly catches it.

    “OH HO!!!” shouts Chad, the first to see it, and the rest of the guys hoot and lean in, while Jameelah arches an eyebrow and purses her lips.

    Almost before the hoots are out of their chests, Kelly slams David’s arm down as if he’s made of wet paper.

    “You’re done here,” Kelly says with pinched eyebrows.

    There’s something like applause as David stands up. Without thinking he raises his hands high punching the air, and shouts “LEVY IN THE HOUSE!”

    Chad claps him on the back as he walks away and Guapo gives him a high-five as he passes. It was just an inch, but an inch more than anyone else got.

    David’s elated, having never expected to get that far. He only wishes Ryan had been there to see.

    4.

    Filled with ridiculous energy, David steps into Kelly’s office to text Ryan. It’s too audacious to sit in Kelly’s chair at his heavy oak desk, but he sets his daybag there.

    David: <You missed my ritual St. Paddy’s self humiliation!>

    Ryan: <You tried to beat Kelly? LMAO! How bad was it?>

    David: <I didn’t try to beat him as much as not get destroyed. But listen – I made him twitch! His arm gave way a whole inch before he busted me!>

    Ryan: <What? HOW?>

    David: <Eh I have my ways.>

    Ryan: <Driver, you have balls. I’ll give you that.>

    David: <Yeah and my balls are wondering where you are.>

    Ryan: <Dude I’m dying here missing the best day of the year. Grrrr. Let me see them.>

    David: <The guys?>

    Ryan: <Your balls. Let me see them.>

    David: <What? You dork.>

    Ryan: <No YOU dork. And your dork. Come on, let me see those big armwrestling balls.>

    Ryan asking this is almost more intoxicating than getting Kelly to falter. David steps to the office door and peers through the blinds out into the gym. There are more guys lining up to try their odds with Kelly, and Jameelah is crossing and recrossing her legs like a twitching cat.

    With all eyes focused on the arm wrestling, it seems a safe bet David has the run of the office. Connor Ryan, he thinks as he his unzips his pants and pulls himself up onto Kelly’s heavy oak desk, you really are making me into a ridiculous person.

    David pulls his semi out of his briefs, which goes full on erect by the time he’s got his balls out. He’s been more or less hard since he got to the gym, awkwardly confined in his trim briefs, and it feel good to let his considerable cock stand free, his balls swaying below. He holds his phone out and snaps a photo and hits send.

    Ryan: <Oh yeah, that’s what I’m talking about. Send one so I can see your face too, stud.>

    David writhes inside. He’s been called smart, smug and even smarmy, but never a stud. Even if Ryan mean it ironically, it charges him. He carefully angles the phone with one hand, holds his erection with the other. He snaps a photo with his towering cock and balls in the forefront and his face behind, and hits send.

    Ryan: <Oh damn! STUD! Tell me again. How much did you move Kelly’s arm?>

    David: <An inch. But don’t make fun of me.>

    Ryan: <Dude I’m not making fun. You’re the man! You’re moving me more than inch.>

    David: <Oh yeah? Send me a pic. Let me see.>

    A minute later a quick series of photos ping onto David’s screen. The first is Ryan’s handsome mug, looking over his shoulder at the factory. The second is a blurry shot into his jeans held open by his free hand. David can just make out the shape of Ryan’s pale erection nestled into his fiery pubes. The third is Ryan looking straight into the camera with a huge grin. The last is not explicit, but  the golden stubble and eyebrows against Ryan’s flushed face gets David at his core just the same. He strokes his cock a few times, working up a glistening bead of precum and snaps another photo for the fighter.

    David hears a roar outside the office and jumps off the desk, his erection and balls bouncing, and waddles over to the office door to see what’s happening.

    Kelly’s taken down another contender, and it must have been something to generate a roar so many hours in. The guys look more intense now, and even Kelly’s Kiss Me I’m Irish shirt is damp with sweat. David’s own stomach is growling, and he assumes others’ are too.

    Without a word, Jameelah suddenly sets both feet down on her stylish heels, and rises straight up. Fuck, thinks David, she’s more fit than half the guys who train here, and is more deliberate and self-possessed than all of them combined.

    She walks through the guys as if she were passing through pampas grass, fighters spreading to clear the way for her to stand at the table, looking down at Kelly.

    “We gotta be done soon,” he says to her, “sooner or later, y’know?”

    “I’m in town for exactly 36 hours,” she says, “and not back for another three weeks. And this is how I’m spending my Saturday.”

    “It’s St. Paddy’s Day!” Kelly bellows. “It’s tradition!”

    “Do you know what one of my billable hours is worth?” Jameelah asks, invoking her costly attorney fees.

    She turns slightly to fold into the seat opposite Kelly, crossing one leg over the other and resting her elbow on the table. “Let’s do this.”

    “J, c’mon!” pleads Kelly. “Not you!”

    “I heard this is all comers?” she asks, feigning shock.

    “Aw crud—” Kelly grimaces, putting his arm up in place. His forearm is as big as three of hers at least, and after three hours of arm wrestling it’s shot through with veins and ridged muscle. Hers is smooth, her nails lacquered in aubergine and flawlessly manicured.

    Their palms slap together, pale skin against dark. Jameelah goes steely-eyed. Kelly frowns.

    Whatever happens between them is in their eyes, not their arms or hands, as they silently stare off. Something is passing between them that no one else is party to, even surrounded by onlookers. David has never seen anything like it.

    After a few minutes of this, Jameelah’s lips curl at the corners, and her arm slowly takes Kelly’s down in a smooth arc, his knuckles tapping the table surface with a soft thud.

    Kelly rolls his eyes as Jameelah sits back, her handsome jaw held high.

    “Well, I guess that’s dinner time boys!” Kelly shouts. The crowd roars its enthusiasm.

    <Oh my fucking God!> David texts Ryan <You missed the match of the decade.>

    He curses himself for having not thought to record it, even from this distance.

    The guys rush the food tables set against the gym walls, and lines form as two of the gym staff peel the foil off the party-size trays of corned beef and cabbage, while another opens the tap on a huge keg of beer. Kelly and Jameelah stand up.

    <WHAT HAPPENED?> Ryan texts.

    David is about to respond, but notices Kelly and Jameelah have turned and are walking straight to the office. To him. With his pants open and his erection standing free.

    Oh fuck!

    5.

    David ducks down to avoid being seen. Fuck, fuck, fuck!

    Looking around he sees no other way out, and as they near the door he scuttles across the floor like an ant, and slides under Kelly’s sturdy oak desk. He’s 6’2” but thin enough to wrap around himself and to tuck into the small space.

    “You didn’t have to do that,” Kelly groans, entering the office.

    A damp wad of green is thrown to the floor, right at the edge of the desk. It’s Kelly’s shirt, now dark with sweat. David gapes. He wants to grab it, but doesn’t dare. He can’t help but wonder if there’s a way to pull it under the desk without being seen.

    “I was ready,” she purrs.

    “Shhhhhh,” groans Kelly. “There’s guys out there. They hear everything.”

    “Everything?” she asks, mischievously.

    “Aw come on,” Kelly gently laughs. David notes this is a voice he’s never heard from Kelly before. “The guys, babe—”

    “The guys what? You think they don’t know you’re the top man here? You just proved it, and looked damn good doing so.”

    “J….” Kelly protests feebly, as David hears Jameelah rest her weight up on the desktop. He can see the bottom of her heels as she pulls herself up one foot at a time.

    “Best remind them all,” she says a deep rolling voice, “the king only bows down to his queen.”

    Kelly drop to his knees with a thud, just inches from David on the other side of the desk.

    <Driver? What’s going on?> asks Ryan by text.

    Jameelah’s heels shift, up and down and side to side, and something silky smooth slides down one foot. A slight garment, plum color and silky falls to the floor.

    Oh my God, thinks David, is that her PANTIES?

    He can see Kelly come forward in three steps on his knees, stopping at the desk, between Jameelah’s legs. He can hear a womanly sigh and a sound like tongue kissing, but based on where her heels are, there’s no way it’s her mouth Kelly is tonguing.

    OH. MY. GOD! David thinks, throwing his hands over his ears.

    As much as he doesn’t want to listen, for his own reasons as well as his horror at invading their privacy, David can’t keep himself from imagining Kelly eating out Jameelah’s pussy. He even uncovers his ears from time to time. Certainly his boner isn’t fussy.

    Twenty minutes later, David’s beginning to ache and twists around to find a better position, lying on his back, which gives him a better view under the desk’s wooden back-slat. He can see Kelly’s knees and barely suppresses a gasp as he spies the tip of a thick, massive prick straining against the stretchy grey material of Kelly’s sweats. David feels his armpits and crotch get damp and sweaty. He ponders trying to contort himself further to get a better look at that cock.

    Your curiosity is going to be the end of you, David thinks, as Kelly rises up from his knees onto his thick scuffed sneakers.

    Fuck it, I’m going for it. David darts his hand out and pulls Kelly’s sweaty t-shirt under the desk.

    <Driver?> Ryan texts, David slamming hard on the phone to turn off the buzz function.

    Kelly’s masculine scent is already filling the small space and David’s cock is getting unbelievably hard. He can even feel his hole winking. Is this how Kelly beat all those guys? Was it alpha male pheromones wafting across the table? He thinks of the biker who moaned with lust and wonders how jealous he’d be of David’s position, on his back under the arm wrestling champ.

    Kelly’s sweatpants drop to the floor, and his white cotton briefs, stray blond pubes in them and a barely visible piss stain.

    <All good.> David responds, suppressing a gulp.

    As the desk begins to rock back and forth with Kelly’s thrusts, David’s eyes fall to his own erection and the sticky precum leaking out. He wonders how much damage Kelly could do to him if he finds him there like that, and the thought of Kelly’s hands on him prompts another surge of precum.

    Even his hands over his ears can’t dim Jameelah’s gasps or Kelly’s heavy groans, and his own erection is near painfully swollen, as the desk continues to rock. As the pounding intensifies and Kelly’s thrusts get faster, David’s phone shakes.

    David grips the wood of the desk as the heavy oak rattles all around him; he feels each pile-driving thrust as Kelly goes for the Olympic medal in fucking. Suddenly the vibrations stop and he ducks his head down to see Kelly’s toes lift off the ground for one final thrust.

    Oh shit David almost shouts aloud and he grabs tighter. BANG! The desk is shoved back at least a foot and Kelly bellows and huffs out an orgasmic moan. David screws his eyes shut, scared the desk will either flip over or snap in two. Jameelah lets out a sound that starts out as the low roar of a lioness and ends up a high pitched scream of ecstasy.

    His phone vibrates and David opens his eyes to check it. <I’m coming!> Ryan texts, accompanied by a new gleeful pic of his handsome face.

    As the sound of Kelly and Jameelah heaving and gasping fills the office, David dares to loosen his grip to text back: <You’re not the only one!> David has never heard a woman cum before and it’s fascinating and terrifying.

    <Huh> Ryan asks.

    <Nothing – get your ass here now!>

    There’s at least another fifteen minutes of quiet murmuring and soft laughter from above the desk during which David keeps a hand around his oozing cock. He’s utterly aroused, and the thought of Kelly jackhammering Jameelah’s pussy, his thick Irish squatbutt thrusting hard, has gotten so far into his head.  Plus the photo of Ryan is right there, so handsome with his coppery curls. David’s hole is puckering and he’s so close, all it would take is one more stroke.

    “J,” he hears Kelly say, “I hate to ask… I’m a little dehydrated…”

    “You want your beer?” she asks.

    “Would ya?” Kelly answers.

    “You earned it,” Jameelah says, as her slim heels touch down on the floor.

    “J, take it straight from the keg,” Kelly chuckles, as she weaves out of the office. “Give the guys a thrill.”

    David waits hoping Kelly will leave also so he can make his escape, but instead he sees the sneakers plant themselves squarely.

    “You gonna come out of there, or do I need to drag you out by your skinny tie?” Kelly asks.

    Fucking Kelly, thinks David, as he struggles to tuck his erection awkwardly into his slacks and zips up. He crawls out and stands on numb legs, his briefs twisting uncomfortably. “This is not… actually it is. It is just what it looks like.”

    Kelly shuts him up with a raised eyebrow. He’s still covered with dewy sweat. His pecs are thick and flushed, and the dirty blond hair in his pits is matted. There’s a pale treasure trail leading down into the low slung sweats, tenting with Kelly’s still half swollen cock.

    “I didn’t mean to—”

    “Save it,” says Kelly. “Only reason I didn’t say nothing was to keep J from skinning you alive.” He smiles wistfully and his manly chest rises as he inhales as if taking in her scent. “That one. She goes in like a lion.”

    David tries to keep his eyes off Kelly’s thick, glistening body. He’s seen him before without a shirt, but not like this. “Daddy AF” he can imagine his editor Jeff saying. The gym owner’s right arm is still pumped huge from dominating a room full of tough guys with ease. David shuts his mouth to keep the saliva from escaping. I never got to kiss the Blarney Stone.

    Kelly’s bemused look fades into a grimace and he says, “You can go now. Your… bag is on my chair.”

    Well, thinks David, at least he didn’t call it a purse.

    6.

    Exiting the office, David’s heart lifts at the sight of Ryan. The fighter is talking with the guys, so at ease in this setting,  stuffing his mouth with corned beef and washing it down with beer. His green henley shirt reveals some of the spread of his chest and the light dusting of curling gold hairs against his ruddy skin.

    Ryan spots David across the room. He winks with his green eyes, holding up a plastic tumbler in a mock toast and wrinkling his nose. They both chuckle, and David runs a hand over his chest, smoothing his tie.

    It’s crazy, David thinks, that for all his rough good looks and muscles, it’s Ryan’s coloring that gets David the most. And his completely goofy laugh. He wants to run to the fighter and kiss him more than anything in the world, but tells himself to play it cool.

    “Why does he call you Driver?” David hears. He turns to find Chad at his side. “I thought it must be a last name, but you said Levy earlier.”

    “Oh y’know—it’s because I wear glasses. But I just need them to drive,” David answers. “It’s just a nickname, like Guapo. What about you? Is Chad a Burundian name?”

    “In Burundi,” Chad says, “names are not like here. We do not pass on father’s last name. We pick names we like or that mean something. I picked Chad when I came to America. I like how it sounds, Chad. Clean, you know? I wanted to start over. I can decide who I will be.”

    Mmmm, David nods.

    “So you guys are—a thing?” Chad asks, indicating Ryan across the room, knocking back a beer.

    “He’s my buddy,” David replies. It’s not perfectly accurate, but it’s true enough.

    Even though this is the one place David can’t write about, not after his last story, his reporter instincts keep processing. A Mixed Martial Arts gym isn’t what you’d think of as a den of progressive values, he longs to write. And in most ways the Triple Hit isn’t. Your sensitivities will get no regard. There are no trigger warnings. At the same time, it’s a peculiarly egalitarian place, where your value is in what you can do, how much you’re willing to try, not who you are or where you’re from. If you can do the thing, your race, your orientation, your sex doesn’t matter. It’s a little like St. Patrick’s Day – if you show up, you’re Irish. And it’s not all physical strength. Strategy, strength of will and strength of character count just as much. As I have long maintained, the greatest struggles are fought in the silence of your own soul. And that’s where the victories that count are won. At the Triple Hit, with the tone set by the Pater Familias, Ken Kelly, it doesn’t matter if you’re an immigrant, an attorney or even a skinny gay reporter… you might find a teacher, a role model, a friend. He glances at Ryan. Or something more. You might find a place here.

    David sighs deeply. Fuck being cool. He needs so much to be near Ryan. He claps Chad on his broad back and nods as if to say Later. He makes his way through the crowd to the fighter’s side and nudges his shoulder.

    “I thought you left!” Ryan says.

    “Before you even got here? Nah, just got a little distracted,” David replies. They stand awkwardly close, resisting the urge to lock lips, until David clears his throat to break the spell. He picks up a tumbler of beer and taps it to Ryan’s. “Happy St. Paddy’s Day.”

    “I missed it all!” Ryan groans. “I missed the Blarney Stone! I didn’t even get a shot a Kelly!”

    “You look tired,” David says, seeing Ryan’s puffy eyes. “You okay?”

    “Mmmm, worked the gym last night, the factory today, school yesterday morning. But I can’t skip St. Paddy’s dinner.” He pops a potato into his mouth and his jaw rolls, continuing as he chews. “So Driver… how’d you beat Kelly?”

    David prepares to boast, but looks across the room to see Kelly glaring at him as he leans against Ryan. Jameelah looks put-together next to him, poised and feline in her stance. Remarkably put-together, in fact, having just been thoroughly fucked on Kelly’s old desk. He notes that their public life only hints at something much deeper between them, and they seem okay with that.

    “I didn’t beat him,” David says shyly. “It was just an inch.”

    “An inch is epic against the Irish Jackhammer. That’s what he was called during his fighting days, y’know.”

    David practically spits out his beer. Seriously? Kelly holds his gaze from across the room, and nods as if he just read the reporter’s mind. Yes, you better believe it, kid. David recalls the admiring gleam in the gym owner’s eyes when he described Jameelah. She comes in like a lion, that one. David juts out his jaw and arches an eyebrow as he wraps an arm around Ryan’s thick bicep. “Let’s get outta here. This place is giving me ideas.”

    Ryan grabs another serving of food with his bare hand and dumps it onto his paper plate as he takes David’s lead and they trail outside. They pass under the sign over the door, TRIPLE HIT MMA GYMNASIUM.

    “Hey,” Ryan says as they hit the street, his cheeks full of corned beef, “did you know ‘gymnasium’ is Greek? It means to exercise naked, cause that’s how the Greeks did it.”

    David shakes his head laughing, about to burst after nearly a day of sustained erections. “You don’t say.”

    7.

    They weave their way to Ryan’s apartment which like the Triple Hit is located in The Den, the city’s worst neighborhood. It borders the more recently redeveloped neighborhood where David lives, with rent-controlled units intended for young single professionals.

    Ryan’s studio is brick-walled but small, and immaculately organized, with one wall of bookshelves he installed himself. At his makeshift desk is a tiny speaker, which David uses to plug into his own phone. He knows Ryan’s playlist and cringes at the thought of Nine Inch Nails and Metallica. He nearly laughs as he imagines mischievously loading some Motown onto Ryan’s phone.

    He spins through his own music, looking for Sharon Jones. He cried miserably two years ago when she died, and it took almost a year before he could listen to her music without weeping. But this is something special to him. Something he wants to share with Ryan. He presses play.

    Let them knock upon my door / Until their hands are black and blue / I’m not answering for no one / Until my man and I are through

    Ryan wraps a strong arm around David, pulling him onto his mattress with mismatched sheets, his wobbly bedside table trembling, and the taped up paperbacks on it tumbling. Their lips meet and their tongues wrestle, wet and eager for each other.

    David unbuttons Ryan’s jeans and slides them down to expose his fat erection, not as long as David’s but similar in girth. He pulls the jeans off one leg at a time and considers getting his mouth around that cock, but instead he pulls Ryan to edge of the bed and straddles him.

    “Get in me,” he says, and the fighter rises up on his arms to kiss him.

    Ryan pries David’s cheeks open as they kiss, fingers his hole and letting the head of his hard cock tease at it. David grinds his slim body against Ryan, smearing the golden hair on the fighter’s belly with precum, and then back again for his pucker to meet the pink cockhead.

    David sighs as the fighter opens him and slides into him, filling him. Ryan’s arms gather him up and he wraps his own long fingers around Ryan’s head, the ginger hair curling around them as their bodies rock together.

    “You feel so good,” David groans, his insides adjusting to accommodate Ryan’s cock, the fighter’s meaty hands pulling his lean torso tight.

    “YOU feel so good” Ryan replies, working his hips to drive into the reporter.

    People, they ask a lot of me / Alway want more than they got of me yeah / Let them say I’m hard to find/ I know what I’ve got to do / And bring it all home to you / It’s your love I got on my mind

    “Give me the Blarney Stone,” David moans.

    It takes Ryan a second to get it, but he lifts an arm and flexes a bicep nearly as big as Kelly’s, the skin tight over the hard muscle. David kisses it and Ryan wraps his arm around the reporter’s head, pulling him close and into his armpit. As they grapple, Ryan lifts David’s arm, and pulls it in to a flex position. Ryan growls as he runs a hand over it and pleads, “Do it.”

    David flexes his own bicep, smaller than Ryan’s, but firm and well shaped. “Fuckkkk,” Ryan moans. He presses his flattened tongue against David’s lat and runs it up into his pit, then up along his bicep, kissing the Blarney Stone. He licks and gnaws at the long arm as his balls issue a thick load of precum into David.

    Let them wait, let them wonder / Where I go and what I do, oh yeah yeah / I’m not answering to no one / Until you and I are through

    With the fighter’s cock pushing into him, David finally strokes his erection. He’s been hard so much of the day he won’t last long. He pulls Ryan against himself, burying his nose in the fighter’s curls. Oh God, he smells like Kelly. He feels his cock swell in his hand and his hole hungrily pull Ryan’s cock deeper into him. In one hard surge his balls spew a hot load on Ryan’s chest and belly, followed by another and another, leaving him gasping and trembling.

    Ryan starts to slide out, but David stops him. “Finish in me—” he groans, his cum still streaming, lifting his ass just to slam back down again.

    “Yeah?” Ryan asks, his tough guy jaw jutting out. “You want it in you?”

    “Fuck yeah,” David growls. “Cum in me.”

    Ryan pumps harder, his lips latching onto David’s nipple as the reporter rides him.

    “You should have seen it,” David grunts, “the look on his face when I tipped that big arm.”

    Ryan looks up at David’s face, caught off guard by the boast. His cheeks go scarlet and and his breath comes in a deep heave. He groans out loud as he thrusts up hard, shooting deep inside David. His arms buckle and he whimpers as his cum surges out of his balls and into David, filling the reporter and grinding in with all his strength.

    Afterwards they lie in the bed, sweaty and intertwined. David runs his hands over Ryan’s skin, tracing patterns in it and watching them go from pale under the pressure of his fingertips back to Ryan’s warm color.

    Ryan has David recount the day to him, from the guys kissing the Blarney Stone to who took Kelly on and Jameelah’s victory. David keeps to himself the episode under Kelly’s desk. He doesn’t need to share everything.

    “So how did you do it?” Ryan asks. “How’d you get Kelly?”

    “I may have implied that I banged his nephew in his sparring ring after hours,” David answers.

    “NO!” Ryan laughs. “You goof! Oh my God. He’s gonna make me clean the lockers with a toothbrush for that.”

    David can’t resist smirking, feeling full of himself.

    “You got lucky Driver,” Ryan says, poking his ribs.

    “Lucky my ass!” David boasts. “I had strategy! Here, look, put your arm up.” He positions his elbow on the mattress, and their hands meet, wrapping around one another. “I let him get comfortable with the usual guys, so defending against the usual moves was reflex. Then I made him think I wasn’t serious. Then I surprised him. And just when he was off guard I made my move. See? Here’s how you hold your wrist, and when your opponent gives an opening, you push like this.”

    He applies some pressure and Ryan lets his much stronger arm glide down in one smooth motion with no resistance.

    “Unf, you beat me,” Ryan says, flopping onto his back in mock defeat.

    “Oh yeah?”

    “You act like you have no game, but you’re all game.”

    “I might have a little game,” David says. “Reporter game.”

    “Just one thing,” Ryan says slyly, “you just told me all your moves.”

    Fuck. Fuck the stupid Blarney Stone and its gift of eloquence. With his jock body, good looks and boyish demeanor it’s easy to forget how fucking smart Ryan is.

    “You got me,” David answers, exposed.

    “But fair’s fair. Guess I have to give it up,” the fighter smirks and rolls over onto his belly, hiking his white as milk ass up. The mounds are rounded and firm, and the baby hairs are so pale as to be invisible until you get close. David’s eyes glaze over with lust as he takes it all in, and his cock is back to full mast with a single swipe of his hand. He climbs up on him and slides his long dick into the best place it knows.

    As he builds up a rhythm, he takes in the sight of Ryan’s strong back, and the hills and valleys of the muscles there. It’s like a topographic map, and it turns David on so much. He grabs onto the yoke of Ryan’s trap muscles and feels how hard they are.

    “Fuck you’re so sexy, Ryan. I’m gonna cum fast.”

    Ryan wiggles his butt back into David’s pelvis and looks over his shoulder, his green eyes gleaming. “Do it stud—breed my Irish ass. Do it for St. Paddy.”

    The words catch David by surprise. He feels a sudden vigor flood his body. He pushes up onto his long lean arms and rocks his pelvis back and forth, gradually building up to the fastest pounding rhythm he’s ever managed.

    Ryan’s voice drops to a whisper, “Yeah bro, feels so good. Uhhhhh.”

    It’s hard to keep it going, but when David feels himself flagging, he imagines Kelly beside him, coaching. Keep your arms tight and your pelvis loose. That’s it kid. That’s why they call it the Irish Jackhammer.

    “Oh shit,” David yells, “I’m coming!” and he feels his cock and balls tighten. He thrusts powerfully one more time and suddenly floods Ryan’s hole with hot cum.

    After only a moment, David rolls off and pushing roughly, flips Ryan over onto his back. He takes one look at Ryan’s swollen pink cock and dives onto it, taking it right to the root. He can’t get enough of the fighter in him, but knowing he’d blown a load into David earlier makes him want it even more.

    Ryan’s breath gets faster and his thick fingers tighten in David’s black hair. He thrusts into David’s long throat and moans like an Irish banshee as his cock swells. He pumps out a load that goes right down David’s gullet, the reporter doubling down to take every drop. When he releases the hot dick, he has the taste of Ryan’s cum in his mouth.

    “Unnnh those fucking lips,” Ryan moans, pulling David up.

    When they kiss their mouths smack together with thick salty spit.

    “We’re one-one, we gonna go for a tie-breaker?” David asks, winking.

    “Mmm, you bet,” says Ryan. “Let me just close my eyes for a minute first.”

    David snuggles against Ryan’s shoulder. It’s solid and feels reliable. He thinks again how like Kelly the young fighter is. He flirts with the idea of being with Ryan at that age.

    “Do you ever think about the future?” he asks. He pauses and adds, “Connor?” Using the fighter’s first name is something new. It feels strange but good in his mouth.

    He hears a gentle gasp and a wheeze.

    “Connor?” he asks again. “Ryan?”

    There’s a light snore in response.

    He looks up to see Ryan’s eyes shut, the blond lashes pressed softly against his ruddy cheeks.

    David sighs, knowing Ryan’s been up twenty hours or longer. He’s out like a lamb.

    He kisses the gold stubble on the fighter’s jaw, and settles in to sleep.

    END


    If you enjoyed this story, consider supporting the author on Patreon.

    To get in touch with the author, send them an email.


  • Manly Persuasion

    Author’s Note – There are moments of non-consent in this part of the story. If that type of element offends you, or is problematic, do not read.


    “C’mon, man! It will be the whole day!”

    “I can’t, Connor. I have to work.”

    A frown crossed Connor’s face.

    “Can’t you call in sick or something? Take a personal day?”

    “No, Connor. If I don’t work, I don’t get paid.”

    We’d gone over this again and again. It had been a month since Jason fucked me and two months since Connor had first fucked me. We’d gotten together a few more times since then as well. But Connor and Jason were leaving on Saturday for a ten-day vacation, and he wanted me to take Friday off and come spend the day with him.

    Jason had to work that day, while Connor would be at home packing. He kept telling me he couldn’t handle us not meeting for that long and wanted to spend some extra time together before he left.

    “C’mon, Javier, we’d have so much fun! We can work out in my gym. We haven’t done that in a while. Maybe watch some TV. You can even cook for us! You keep telling me you’ll cook me something.”

    I laughed and said, “Connor, I wish I could, but I can’t give up a day’s pay to do that.”

    Connor paused, a sly smile coming over his face.

    “What if I paid you for the day?”

    “Paid me?”

    “Yeah! What if you called in sick and I paid you what you’d make. I’d love to do that, just to spend the time with you.”

    I was silent as I thought about his offer. I admit it would have been nice to spend some extra time with Connor. And frankly, I could have taken a paid day from work, but I didn’t want to waste my personal days. However, when he offered to pay me to be with him, my ego got the better of me.

    I shrugged and said, “Well . . . yeah . . . it would be nice to work out together again. We haven’t done that in a while. And I could make us some Arepas. You’d like that.”

    “What’s Arepas?”

    Now it was my turn to give him a sly grin.

    “You’ll just have to wait and see, amigo. You can’t always have everything you want when you want it!”

    Little did I know how that comment would come back to haunt me.

    On Friday, Connor picked me up from the mall about 10 AM. It was already a hot day and I had dressed in a pair of basketball shorts and an Under Armour fitted t-shirt. Connor’s eyes widened when he saw me.

    “Whoa, you look hot, Javier! Your chest is so perfect!”

    I grinned and said, “Thanks. It’s a Torres family trait . . . hot bodies . . .” and winked. Connor just laughed, and we talked about our usual shit as he drove. After we got to his house, we went upstairs to his gym.

    Connor’s home gym was impressive. It had a treadmill, bench press, abs machine, incline bench, smith machine, barbells, dumbbells, Pilates balls, and yoga mats. One wall was covered in mirrors, so you could watch yourself work out. As we began our routines, we worked hard and didn’t say much. It felt just like the old days, working on our chest and triceps, Connor pushing me to achieve more.

    After 30 minutes of tough work, I was drenched in sweat. Connor started teasing me as I leaned over the bench and worked my triceps.

    “What have you got on under your shorts, Javier? Your ass looks soooo hot today.”

    I kept concentrating on slowly raising and lowering the dumbbell.

    “Just my underwear, Connor.”

    “You don’t have on a jock?”

    “No Connor, I’m not wearing a jock.”

    I looked at the mirror and could see the disappointment on his face.

    “Why?”

    A slight smirk appeared on Connor’s lips.

    “I just thought how hot it would be to fuck you in a jock.”

    I didn’t say anything and kept pumping the weight. Connor watched me a moment and then said, “You know Javier, I’ve given you supplements, gloves, and a lot of other gym stuff to use. But I’ve never seen you in a jock. Could I buy you one?”

    “I don’t like them, Connor. I’m fine with underwear.”

    “I want to see you in a jock. Would you mind wearing one?”

    I stopped pumping and looked at Connor.

    “Now?”

    Connor nodded.

    I started pumping the weight again and didn’t say anything. Connor came up next to me and whimpered, “Pleaseeeeee . . .”

    I finished my set and stood up.

    “You’re crazy! That’s what you want?”

    Connor smiled and looked at me with pleading eyes.

    “What, you want to fuck me right here wearing a JOCK?!!”

    “That would be so fucking HOT, Javier!”

    I started laughing and said, “You want me to wear one of yours?”

    Connor was almost out the door of the gym before I finished my question.

    “Wait, I’ll be right back.”

    As he disappeared, I shook my head. I was seeing more and more of Connor’s “animal” side and it made me sorta wonder about him sometimes.

    He was back in the gym in less than a minute.

    “Here, put this on.”

    The jock he handed me was clean, white, and looked like it had just come from the laundry. I shook my head, pulled off my shorts and underwear, and put it on. As I pulled it up, it was obvious it was a little small for me. I knew Connor and I were about the same size and was surprised he’d wear such a tight jock. It was a little uncomfortable and I looked at Connor.

    “This is a little small, man. It’s awful tight. How can you stand wearing it?”

    Connor burst out laughing. I was surprised and wondered why my question was so funny. Finally, Connor calmed down and said, “I don’t. It’s not mine. It’s my boyfriend’s.”

    It took a moment for me to register the fact that I was wearing Jason’s jock.

    “SHIT!! You’re serious? No way, maaaan . . .” and I started to take it off.

    Before I could get my hands on the sides to pull it down, Connor came over and hugged me, kissing me deeply. I started kissing him back a little, still rather pissed that he’d given me Jason’s jock. As we hugged, I could feel his hands run down to my ass and grab it.

    “God, I love your ass,” he breathed softly in my ear.

    As Connor continued kissing me, he pulled my t-shirt off and started taking off his clothes. It was rather funny, as he was trying to kiss me and fumbling with his shirt and pants at the same time. He finally got them both off and started hugging me harder, running his hands all over my back and ass.

    I was trying to hug him back, but Connor was so aggressive, it was hard for me to move. I just stood there, in nothing but Jason’s too fucking tight jock, and let him paw my body.

    As Connor started groping my body harder, I could feel him trying to move me backwards. After a few feet, the back of my knees ran into a bench. Connor was kissing me hard, his lips crushing my mouth.

    “Lie back,” he whispered between kisses.

    Obviously, the workout was over.

    I sat down on the bench and slowly lay back. Connor started kissing on my neck, chest, and anywhere else his lips could land on my body. A sexual hunger started going through my body and I yearned for Connor to suck my cock. I was moaning and writhing as the lust welled up in me.

    Connor was sucking my nipples and licking my chest.

    “I wanna fuck you baby. Right here . . . right now . . . in your fucking hot jock . . .”

    I groaned more as Connor kept sucking my nipples and squeezing my biceps.

    “Hold on a sec . . . let me get something . . .”

    Connor got up and went into the bathroom, while I started stroking my chest. Within seconds, he was back with a condom and started squirting lube on my asshole. I heard a wrapper tear, the sound of a condom being rolled on, and felt the blunt end of Connor’s cock prod my asshole.

    A second later, Connor pushed his entire shaft in my hole, up to the hilt. I gasped suddenly as his thick cock opened my ass in one stroke.

    There was no waiting, no letting my ass get used to his cock, no delay. Connor started fucking me with hard, deep strokes, grunting as his crotch bounced off my ass. I was looking at him as he fucked me and saw him lean towards me. I thought he was going to kiss me again, but no . . . he started licking my chest. He was actually licking the sweat from my workout off my chest! The harder he fucked, the more he licked my chest, my armpits . . . anywhere his tongue could find a drop.

    Minutes later, he stopped fucking and stood up.

    “Come here.”

    He had fucked me so hard I struggled a little to stand up. Connor quickly lay down on the bench, on his back.

    “Sit down on my cock. I want you to ride me.”

    Obediently, I moved my muscle ass over him and started to lower myself down on his cock.

    As I descended, he pulled my tight ass cheeks apart and I felt his cock slide deep in my bowels. He had never gone this deep in my ass before and it felt great!

    Connor was kissing and nibbling my neck and I moaned with pleasure. I could feel the familiar pressure starting, which told me I was only moments away from shooting my load.

    I tried to tell Connor I was about to cum, but it was too late. I could feel wads of cream shoot into the jock and flood my crotch.

    Connor started slamming harder into me as he felt me climax. As the waves of pleasure subsided and my ejaculation ebbed, Connor pushed me up and off his dick.

    “Go over there and lay on the ball . . . on your stomach.”

    I moved slowly over to one of the Pilates ball with Connor right behind me.

    As I lay down, Connor quickly pushed my legs apart and murmured, “Your ass looks so fucking hot and tight in that jock!”

    I felt him pull the straps out and let them go, popping my butt.

    “Yeahhhhh . . . it’s so wet and hot and tight in that jock . . . fucking awesome!”

    Connor’s cock slide into my asshole again as he lay on my back. His strokes were short and fast, as if he was a dog in heat. It was less than a minute when I heard his groans start and he started slamming into my ass faster.

    Moments later, he screamed in my ear and, even though he had a condom on, I could feel his cock expand as he came inside me, slamming my ass over and over.

    Slowly . . . ever so slowly . . . Connor’s orgasm ebbed, and he lay still on my back.

    Time stood still as we recovered from the heavy round of fucking. Connor finally got off my back and sat on his knees. I slowly lifted myself off the ball and lay on my back, eyes closed, my jock filled with a sticky load. We were both quiet, breathing heavily. I heard Connor pull the condom off his cock.

    After a few moments, Connor said, “Man, your ass was so tight, look how much it made me cum.”

    I opened my eyes and a good part of the condom was filled with cum. He tipped the condom over and let it drop on my chest, rubbing it around with his fingers.

    As he rubbed the cum on my chest, I felt his hands reach down and pull the jock off. It was so full of spooge, he had a hard time getting it off. As it came down my legs, Connor leaned down and started sucking my limp cock. It was so worn out by the heated sex, it wouldn’t get hard.

    A few minutes later, he stopped and stretched out beside me. I was so punch drunk from the fucking he gave me, I couldn’t move. Connor leaned over and kissed me lightly on the cheek.

    “Javier that was so fucking good. Baby, your ass was made for fucking! Ab-so-lute-ly MADE for fucking!”

    I was silent but tried to smile. I don’t know if it came off or not, but I heard Connor laugh and kiss me again on the cheek. Then he stood up and said, “C’mon man . . . time for showering . . .”

    Slowly, I opened my eyes and saw his arm outstretched. I reached out, grabbed it, and he helped pull me up, stumbling a little as I got on my feet.

    “Whoaaa, man! Take it easy! The day ain’t half over yet. Let’s get a shower and then have some lunch.”

    I nodded and walked with him to the bathroom, hoping that lunch would not be as strenuous as our workout proved to be.

    I soon found out that my hopes were misplaced.

    ###

    “Man, I’m starved,” Connor said. “I’m ready for some good Venezuelan food!”

    I looked at Connor and smiled. I was really hungry too, as I hadn’t eaten much for breakfast that morning. Of course, had I known what kind of “workout” I was going to have, I’m sure I would have eaten more. We both wore only our shorts, as Connor told me my shirt and underwear would be too sweaty from the workout.

    Connor had a nicely stocked kitchen and helped me find the utensils I needed to make Arepas. It’s a Venezuelan dish. They’re flat, round corn patties, filled with meat and different kind of fillings, like cheese, tomatoes, and other stuff. They’re simple to make and it wouldn’t create a big mess in his kitchen to make them.

    I was so hungry that, before I started cooking, I knew I had to eat something. I made a fruit salad and Connor poured both of us a glass of wine. I was thirsty from our sweaty sex and drank the glass of wine quickly.

    That probably wasn’t the smartest thing to do because I’m not a big drinker and alcohol hits me pretty hard. With a practically empty stomach, it really hit me this time and I could tell I was buzzed. When I get drunk, I get very relaxed and happy and this time was no different. We continued talking and I was definitely feeling “good”.

    As we ate and talked, Connor poured me another glass of wine. I really didn’t need it but was feeling so good, I decided what the hell, and took it. In a few minutes, my head was spinning, and things seemed to slow down for me. It was getting harder to understand what Connor was saying, so I just smiled and nodded as the talked.

    After we finished the salad and wine, I started trying to make the arepas, showing Connor how easy they were to prepare. At least, I tried to show him, but I was definitely feeling the booze by now and my movements were somewhat slow and unfocused.

    Connor was standing behind me as I prepared the food, watching what I was doing. At least I thought that was what he was doing.

    As I continued preparing the arepas, I felt Connor’s hands on my shoulders. He started rubbing them up and down my shoulders and arms. It felt good and I stood there and let him rub me. A minute later, he started kissing my back, his hands moving to my sides. I sighed and said, “That feels nice.”

    “YOU feel nice, Javier.”

    I smiled, closed my eyes, and let him continue.

    Moments later, his hands moved to my chest and he started rubbing my pecs. I moaned softly as I felt his fingers pinch and tweak my nipples. Even though it felt good, I needed to finish making the arepas, so we could eat lunch. I pulled forward and began cutting open the dough, so I could put the filling in.

    Suddenly, I felt Connor pull me back against him, his arms holding me tighter. He continued kissing my neck and back and his hands were much rougher on my chest. The aggressiveness of his move surprised me, but it took a moment to register in my alcoholic haze.

    “Connor, stop man. I’m trying to fix lunch.”

    Connor didn’t say anything, but his hands kept moving, rubbing my abs and moving towards my crotch. I struggled a little, but I was so buzzed, and he had me so close to him, it was hard to move around.

    “Dude, stop! Let me finish.”

    I pulled forward again and this time, he let me go.

    I didn’t say anything and kept making the arepas. The entire time I was doing that, Connor kept kissing my back and neck, fondling my chest and trying to put his hands in my shorts. I kept pushing his hands away, but it got awfully hard trying to prepare food and stop him at the same time. Finally, Connor reached in my shorts and started stroking my cock.

    I started putting the filling in the arepas and by the time I’d finished with that, both his hands were in my shorts and my cock was hard. Connor started running his finger in my ass crack and kept kissing me. It felt good, but I just wanted to eat and relax.

    Finally, I couldn’t stand it anymore and with great effort, turned to face him.

    “Connor, I . . .”

    That’s all I said before he leaned down and locked his mouth on my nipples, sucking and biting the tips. Both pleasure and pain shot through my chest and I groaned. I opened my eyes and saw red marks around my nipples as Connor continued to maul them.

    At the same time, his hands were firmly on my ass cheeks and I could feel them go down my legs as he lowered my shorts. When my shorts hit the floor, he stood up and whispered in my ear.

    “Stay right there . . . don’t move . . .”

    Connor walked over to one of the drawers, opened it, and pulled out a tablecloth. At first, I thought he was going to put it on the table, so we could set the food on it. Instead, he walked over to the island counter where you prepare food, opened the cloth, and placed it on top. I was horny and buzzed and just stood there watching him.

    “Come here, Javier.”

    I grinned slightly.

    “Why?”

    “Just come here.”

    I stood there a moment smirking and then walked over to the island.

    When I reached the island, Connor lifted me up and sat me on top of it. I was still buzzing and didn’t realize at first what he was planning. As I sat there, he got that evil grin on his face and said, “Lie down.”

    I shook my head.

    “No, dude. Let’s just eat.”

    Connor started stroking my cock.

    “C’mon, man . . . this’ll be fun.”

    My cock got hard quick and Connor started sucking my nipples again. I flinched and said, “Whoa, dude, easy! They’re still sore.”

    As those familiar erotic feelings ran through me, I closed my eyes and let Connor make me feel good. He pushed back on my chest and I leaned back until I was laying flat on the counter, my cock hard and wet from his stroking.

    “Yeahhhh, Javier . . . let your juice flow, man . . .”

    After a few minutes of stroking, Connor lifted my legs up and pushed my knees back to my chest. He leaned down and started licking my asshole. Fuck, it felt good. I reached down with my hands and pulled his face further into my ass.

    “You like that, man? You like that Venezuelan ass? Yeahhh, that’s it. Get your tongue in there, man.”

    I kept my eyes closed and just enjoyed the sensation of his hard tongue in my hole. I was tired, and my ass was worn out from his earlier fucking, so it was very sensitive.

    Suddenly, Connor stuck two fingers in my hole, twisting and turning. I looked up and could see his cock was rock hard. As he pulled his fingers out, I knew he was ready to put his cock in my ass again.

    Connor dropped his shorts, put my legs on his shoulders and lined his hard cock up with my hole. I could feel the hard, fat end of his cock pushing against my ass. It took me a few seconds to realize that Connor wasn’t wearing a condom. Buzzed though I was, I tried to pull my ass away from his cock.

    “No, Connor, wait a minute . . . don’t fuck me bare . . .”

    Connor grabbed my waist and pulled me towards him.

    “C’mon Javier . . . let me fuck your hot ass . . .”

    I could feel his cock touching my hole.

    “NOOO, man . . . wear a condom . . .”

    I looked into Connor’s eyes and what I saw there made me a little nervous. Connor pulled my ass to the edge of the counter and held my wrists.

    “Dude, my cock is goin in your hot ass just like this! I gotta feel that hot hole on my dick! I’ve wanted that for a long time. Now’s the time . . .”

    Before I could move, Connor thrust forward. I felt my hole open up and his cock slid deep inside.

    He didn’t even pause and started fucking me with long, deep strokes. It happened so fast, I was shocked. He was actually doing it! He was fucking my ass bare!

    As his pumping got harder, my mind was a swirl of emotion.

    Who the fuck did he think he was, fucking me bare like that? I mean I told him not to and he did it anyway. I’d always enjoyed our earlier sex. But he’d never done anything like this before.

    “Connor, STOP! I TOLD you! I don’t fuck without a condom!”

    Connor smiled at me and said, “Come on, just a little more . . .” and continued to pound my ass. I wanted him to stop but was so tired from our workout, and wasted from the wine, that I just lay there and let him finish.

    After ten minutes of deep fucking, Connor pulled out. I lay there on the counter and heard Connor say, “Come on, let’s go over there.”

    He helped me sit up and then pulled me off the counter. There was a rug in the dining area and Connor pointed over to it.

    “C’mon, Javier, get down on the rug.”

    Wearily, I shook my head.

    “No, man. Let’s just eat.”

    Connor put his arm around me and started pulling me towards the rug. I started pulling back and we wrestled around as he pulled me closer to it.

    “Dude, stop! I’m tired!”

    “Just a little more, man! C’mon, you’ll like it!”

    As we got closer to the rug, Connor started pushing down on me and said, “Get down on your hands and knees.” I pushed back as we struggled but I was no match for him in my fucked-up state. He finally managed to get me down on my hands and knees. Even though he kept pushing on my back, I would go down no further.

    Connor surprised me by sitting down on my butt and yelling, “Whooo-eeeeee! I always wanted a pony!” I guess he thought I was going to crawl around like a horse, but I was still so shocked from his bare fucking, my mind wasn’t all there. When I didn’t move, Connor shifted his body and lay down on my back, shifting his entire weight onto me. I couldn’t support his body and I slid down until I was on my forearms and knees. A few moments later, I felt him get off my back, pull my legs apart, and plunge his cock back in my ass.

    Connor liked fucking me doggy style, but it hurt like hell being fucked on my knees. As my strength ebbed, my body slid down so I was lying flat on my stomach. As I went down, Connor kept his cock in my ass, trying to fuck me without stopping.

    After a minute or two of awkward fucking, he pulled out, pulled me back up on my knees and started fucking me again. He was bent over my back, slobbering all over me, and pounding my ass hard as he fucked.

    All the alcohol, struggling, and fucking took its toll on me. As Connor continued to fuck, I could feel myself start to pass out. Slowly, my body began to slide down to the floor. Connor felt me going down and pulled me back up. My eyes popped open and I struggled to stay awake as he pummeled my ass. After another minute, I started going out again and my body sliding down. Connor caught me once more and through my drunken fog I heard his voice.

    “JAVIER! Wake up, man. I want you to feel this. Your body is so fucking hot, and I’ve wanted to pump my load in your ass for sooooo long! I want you to feel me do it . . . C’mon, wake up . . .”

    Wasted though I was, I used my last bit of strength to struggle to my knees. Suddenly, Connor’s fucking got faster, and I knew he was about to shoot. After a final hard fuck of his cock in my ass, Connor screamed and started shooting his wad.

    I felt a warm stream flowing into my ass. It kept coming and coming, as if Connor was literally breeding my hole. I shuddered as I remembered that he wasn’t wearing a condom. Connor’s fuck stroke kept pounding my ass until his climax subsided. The exhaustion overtook me, and I slid to the floor.

    I don’t know how long I was out, but it couldn’t have been too long.

    When I woke up, Connor was still naked, sitting next to me. I could feel a little glob of juice dribble from my hole. Connor leaned over and said, “Hold on, let me get you cleaned up.” Slowly, I turned over while he got some wet towels from the kitchen and started wiping my ass.

    “HEY MAN, SLOW DOWN!! It stings!” I yelped.

    Connor grinned and was more careful as he wiped my ass. Even though he cleaned me up, I could still feel his cum inside of me.

    “Shit man,” I muttered weakly. “I can still feel your gunk up my ass.”

    Connor laughed and said, “You know, my mother always wanted me to marry a Latin girl and get her pregnant so that she could have mixed grandchildren. She didn’t know though, that I liked guys.”

    I thought it was a stupid thing to say but kept silent.

    Connor continued and said, “Well, today I can say that I managed to do what she asked. My DNA is inside of you now. It’s just too bad for her that they’re in the body of a hot Latin stud!”

    I looked at him without saying a word and just shook my head.

    Connor tossed me my shorts and I slowly put them back on. He had already pulled his shorts on and when I finished, he put his arm out to help me.

    I pulled back from him and said, “I’m okay, Connor. I’m a man, I’m not broken.”

    We went back into the kitchen and I sat down at the table. Connor picked up the plate of arepas and said, “Let me warm these up. They’re probably cold by now.” I nodded and began looking out the kitchen window, thinking about what had just happened.

    A few minutes later, Connor set the warmed up arepas on the table, poured a glass of juice, and handed it to me.

    I looked at Connor and nodded my head again.

    “Thanks.”

    Connor kept looking at me and, as I sipped the juice.

    “Javier . . . you okay?”

    I shrugged my shoulders.

    “Yeah . . . I guess so.”

    “You wanna talk?”

    Slowly, I looked at Connor and said, “What’s there to talk about? Let’s just eat and watch the movies . . . okay?”

    Connor nodded his agreement and flashed me an evil smile. I saw his eyes rake my body and he said, “Sure. You definitely need more energy for today . . . right?”

    I gave Connor a weak smile.

    “Whatever, man. Let’s just eat, watch some shows, and relax. I don’t think I can do more than that.”

    Little did I know that Connor’s agenda for me that day did include more. Much more. And it was to have devastating results.

    ###

    “Man, these are good, Javier! I didn’t know you were such a good cook! You are full of surprises!”

    Connor was eating the arepas I had cooked earlier. I wasn’t at all hungry and sat at the table, my chin resting in the palms of my hands, and my eyes closed. I still felt sluggish and groggy and couldn’t understand why the wine hit me so hard.

    Slowly, I opened my eyes, gave a weak smile and said, “Thanks.”

    “You sure you don’t want any? You haven’t touched yours. They taste great! C’mon, eat some.”

    I shook my head.

    “No. You go ahead. I’m really tired.”

    Connor kept on eating and I watched him. After a few minutes, my thoughts were a little clearer and I sat up.

    “Connor . . .”

    “Yeah?”

    “You didn’t put anything in my wine, did you?”

    Connor just looked at me and I continued on.

    “I’m so wasted, dude. I’ve never felt like this after drinking a couple of glasses of wine.”

    Connor continued looking at me and I couldn’t read his face. After a few moments, he said “C’mon man, you know I wouldn’t do something like that.”

    He paused and then started grinning.

    “Although . . . come to think of it . . . maybe that wouldn’t have been such a bad idea. I mean, if you’d have been drugged up, I could’ve done whatever I wanted with that hot body of yours!”

    I looked hard at Connor.

    “I think you just did, man.”

    Connor quit grinning.

    “Come on Javier, don’t make me feel bad. You have no idea the effect you have on me.”

    He hesitated and then said, “Look . . . if I reacted like that it was because . . .”

    I shook my head.

    “Connor, just forget it . . . forget what I said . . . okay?”

    Carefully, I reached out, picked up one of the arepas, and took a bite. I chewed on it and swallowed but didn’t want any more.

    “I’ll eat some later, man. I’m not hungry right now.”

    He kept trying to talk to me as he ate, but I wasn’t really listening. In fact, I wasn’t in much of a mood to talk at all. My mind was elsewhere, thinking about the rough fucking Connor had given me earlier.

    The day was supposed to be a fun day, just two friends having fun, since we wouldn’t see each other for a while. But it became clear that Connor had planned a lot more for the day than I thought it would be. He had fucked me twice and the last time, the action was different. He was more aggressive and had fucked me without a condom. His comments made it clear that he had wanted to fuck me bare like that for a long time. And I still wondered whether he had drugged my wine as well.

    All these thoughts were flowing through my head as he finished eating. I think Connor noticed the distance because he kept asking me if I was okay. I just nodded my head and smiled. But I really wasn’t okay. I needed to sort things out first.

    “C’mon, let’s clean up the dishes and then watch some shows,” Connor said. “We’ve got about 3 hours left before I gotta take you back.”

    I helped pick up the dishes and we started rinsing them off. As I stood at the sink, I felt something on the back of my leg. I thought at first it was just some sweat trickling down. But after a minute, I knew it was something else. I reached down and started pulling down my shorts. Connor looked at me and started grinning.

    “What, you tryin to turn me on again, man?” he laughed.

    I didn’t say anything and let my shorts drop to the ground. A thin stream of milky liquid was slowly running down my leg.

    “FUCK! What’s that?” I shouted.

    Connor looked, laughed again and said, “That’s my cum, Javier. I guess my load is still inside you and it started coming out.”

    I looked around for something to wipe it off, when Connor said, “Come here, let me take care of that.” He picked up a couple of towels and started walking to the kitchen door. I followed him, and we went into the next room.

    I thought he was going to take me to the bathroom, so I could get the cum out of my ass and was surprised when he pointed to a sofa and said, “Sit down.”

    I was still a little out of it and sat down without thinking. Suddenly, Connor pulled my legs roughly towards him, lifted them up, leaned down and started licking my ass. I was shocked and wondered what the hell he was doing. His tongue started going inside and I started struggling.

    “Whoa, Connor. No man, don’t do that. My ass hurts. Just help me clean it up.”

    Connor hesitated a moment, and then said, “Okay, man, okay. Relax. Lay back and let me clean you up.” He reached over for a towel and I lay my head back and closed my eyes.

    For a few moments, nothing happened. I could still feel the cum leaking out and waited for Connor to start wiping my ass and leg. There was some movement and then I heard Connor’s voice.

    “Relax, Javier. I’ll do it slow. Just breathe deeply and relax.”

    I started breathing slower and could feel my body start to give in to the exhaustion. Seconds later, I felt something touch my hole and press on it. I thought Connor was using the towel to wipe my ass, but this felt different.

    Suddenly, I felt intense pain and my hole splitting open. My head jerked up just in time to see Connor beginning to guide his cock into my ass. He was going to try to fuck me again!

    I was shocked, but the pain was agonizing and spurred me into action. I started struggling again and shouted at him.

    “STOP CONNOR!! FUCK! It HURTS!”

    Connor kept pushing his cock into my ass and I couldn’t take the pain any more. Even though he was holding my legs tightly, I wrenched my body away from him and struggled to stand up.

    I was exhausted but knew that if I didn’t stop him, he’d be fucking me again. And probably even harder this time. With a final burst of strength, I wrenched my legs out of his grip, pushed him away, and managed to stand up. As I got to my feet, I glared angrily at Connor.

    “What the fuck is wrong with you?” I shouted. “Quit being such an asshole! I told you it hurts! All I wanted you to do was help clean me up and you try to fuck me?”

    I paused, breathing rapidly, and said, “Goddamn it, I’m not your fucking BITCH!!!”

    When I stood up, Connor had fallen backwards and was looking up at me. He had a shocked look on his face, realizing that he had gone too far. When he spoke, his voice was low.

    “Javier, I’m sorry! You’re just so . . .”

    “I don’t give a shit what you thought! You’re treating me like some fucking whore you own. I’m your FRIEND, Connor! Your FRIEND!! And I’m straight! What, you think I’m some slut you can just fuck whenever you want? I’m not your boyfriend, man . . .”

    Connor looked down and didn’t move.

    My burst of anger probably upset him, but I was too pissed over the lack of respect he was showing me. And frankly, I didn’t give a damn if he was upset. We were both quiet for a while and, as my anger died down, I began to feel bad about what I had said.

    “Connor . . . man, you’re my friend. I’ve enjoyed all our time together. But I’m not just a fuck toy. I mean, I don’t even treat ladies like that. Just respect me for who I am and our friendship . . . okay?”

    Connor was still looking down and after a few seconds, nodded his head.

    “C’mon . . . let’s just watch some TV and chill, okay? I don’t have that much longer left before I have to go.”

    Connor looked up at me for a long moment. He didn’t say anything, but the look on his face was puzzling. He didn’t look mad and he didn’t look happy. He looked . . . I don’t know how to describe it. He looked . . . sad . . . like I’d disappointed him or something.

    I reached out my hand and said, “C’mon . . . let me go wash this shit outta my ass, and then we can watch some shows.”

    He paused a moment more, then reached out and let me pull him up.

    “Go ahead and shower, Javier. I’ll wait for you in the bedroom.”

    I smiled and nodded at him. As I walked towards the bathroom, I heard him say, “Javier . . .” I looked back at him. The strange look was still on his face.

    “Yeah?”

    He kept looking at me a minute.

    “Nothing.”

    I laughed and said, “Go chill and I’ll be there in a few.”

    The rest of the afternoon was nice, even though I still felt a little woozy. Connor and I watched TV together, eventually I had my arepas and drank some fruit juice. Definitely no more wine for me!

    It was funny, but after about 30 minutes, while we were watching a movie, Connor leaned over and put his head against my shoulder. I looked over at him and he smiled. I smiled back but felt a little awkward. It reminded me of how Maria would sometimes put her head against my shoulder when we watched TV together in bed.

    Around 4 PM, Connor drove me back to my car in the mall parking lot. He was quiet most of the way back and I didn’t say a whole lot. I could tell something was wrong and thought he was still upset about my yelling at him. Regardless, I knew that he’d probably be better when he got back from his vacation. After he had a chance to think things over.

    Finally, he pulled up in front of my car.

    As he stopped, I leaned over like I usually did and gave him a friendly hug. He held on to me longer than usual and I had to pull away to break the hug. Smiling, I opened the door, got out, and leaned in the window of his Explorer.

    “Have fun on your trip, man. Think of me when you’re relaxing on the beach. And drink some cool ones for me!”

    Connor had a serious look on his face and, after a moment, smiled back at me.

    “I will. Thanks for today, Javier. I hope you enjoyed it.”

    “Yeah man. It was . . .” I paused.

    “It was . . . okay. See ya in a couple of weeks.”

    I pulled out and started towards my car.

    “Javier?”

    I walked back over and looked at him.

    “Yeah?”

    Connor looked down and was silent a moment. I waited. After a minute, he looked back up at me with that serious look on his face again.

    “I wanted to tell you . . .” He paused.

    “I wanted to tell you that I . . .”

    A quizzical look crossed my face.

    “Tell me what, Connor?”

    “That I love you.”

    Shocked, I kept looking at Connor, at a loss for words.

    “I gotta say it. I love you, Javier. I always have. Ever since the day I met you at the gym, I fell head over heels for you, man. I think about you all the time. I can’t get you out of my mind! Your body drives me wild and I’ve never wanted to fuck a guy like I’ve wanted to fuck you. You’re PERFECT to me, and I . . . I . . . I just wanted you to know that . . . that I love you. REALLY love you.”

    I don’t know how much time went by, but I kept looking at Connor.

    His serious look changed to a slight smile and he waited for me to say something.

    But I couldn’t.

    Finally, Connor said, “SAY something, Javier.”

    I looked down at the ground and then back at Connor.

    At last, I found the strength to speak.

    “Well . . . just . . . have fun, man. I’ll . . . see ya.”

    I walked over to my car, got in, and drove off.

    ###

    As I walked in the front door of my apartment, one thought stood out in my mind.

    My ass hurt.

    Even though I got most of Connor’s cum out when I showered at his house, it still hurt to even touch my hole. I checked my ass out in the bathroom mirror by pulling my cheeks apart and saw my hole was mottled.

    Connor had fucked me so hard that the edges of my hole gaped a little and it felt like hell every time I sat down. When we were watching TV, I had to put a pillow underneath it just to try to lessen the pain.

    I thought maybe soaking my ass in some warm water might help, so I started running a bath in the tub. As the tub was filling up, my cell phone rang. To my chagrin, the caller ID told me it was Maria calling.

    I pressed the answer button and said, “Hi baby, how was work?”

    “Oh, it was okay. Nothing special. How was your day?”

    “Mmmm, it was okay. I was feeling a little sick and decided to come home early.”

    There was a pause.

    “You mean you’re home already?”

    “Yeah. I wasn’t feeling good.”

    “Ohhhh, I’m sorry, baby. You want me to come over and cook you something to eat? Help take care of you?”

    Fuck. With my sore ass, I didn’t want to see anybody right then.

    “I wish you could babe, but I’m just going to go to bed. I think I’m coming down with something.”

    “Well I can still come by and . . .”

    “No baby, don’t do that. I really just want to get in bed and sleep right now.”

    There was a long silence on her end. Fuck. I knew what that meant.

    “You DON’T want me to take care of you? At ALL?”

    I had to think quick or I was gonna have to deal with even more shit than what I was dealing with right then.

    “Maria, it isn’t that I don’t WANT you! I’m just not feeling good and I need to rest. There’s no reason for you to come over and . . .”

    “Well, it certainly sounds like you don’t want me to come.”

    I stayed quiet and didn’t say anything.

    After a few moments of cold silence, I could hear tears in her voice as she said, “I’m not going to bother you while you’re sleeping. I just want to be there with you in case you need something.”

    Fuck. Fuck, fuck, FUCK!

    I took a deep breath and said, “Babe . . . I appreciate that. But just not now. Not tonight. Let me get some rest and I’ll call you when . . .”

    “FINE. Call me when you’re ready. Goodnight.”

    I heard the call disconnect and the line go dead.

    Sighing, I put the phone down, pulled off the rest of my clothes and carefully got in the tub. As my ass touched the water, the stinging sensation started immediately. I jerked my ass up and paused. Then carefully . . . slowly . . . deliberately . . . I lowered myself in the water and lay back.

    In a few minutes, the stinging in my ass subsided. I closed my eyes and relaxed as the warm water caressed my body.

    As I lay there soaking, I tried to let go of the thoughts in my mind as well. But it was difficult to do.

    I kept thinking about how upset Maria was with me. I felt guilty because I loved her and really did want her to be with me. But there was no way I could hide the pain in my ass from her.

    And Connor. What was with his “I love you” thing? I mean, where did THAT come from?

    The more I thought about it, the more confused I was.

    I remembered Connor and me working out in the gym. How he always pushed me to do more, to achieve. Becoming friends . . . good friends. I smiled when I thought about the massages and how Connor slowly, but surely, persuaded me to let him touch my cock. And to suck my cock. God, how great that was! Connor helped me discover a side that I had never explored. Had never even thought about.

    And the fucking . . . shit, did THAT take me by surprise! A year ago, if anyone had ever suggested that I would let a man fuck me, I’d have kicked their ass from here to the moon. I mean, I was a MAN . . . a straight man . . . and I did the fucking. But again, Connor had opened me up to experiences that I never dreamed possible. That I’d actually enjoy getting fucked. And I learned that being fucked made me no less a man than I was before.

    Until . . . until . . .

    My eyes snapped open.

    Until today.

    Today wasn’t just another day. Sure, Connor had told me “let’s just enjoy ourselves and kick back, have a few drinks, get a good workout . . .” I never, ever suspected that what he really wanted to do was to fuck me . . . hard . . . bare . . . and like I was a bitch or something. Disrespecting me. Disrespecting my manhood.

    And even when I was in pain after his fucking, he tried to do it again and didn’t give a SHIT about how I felt. I saw a side to him I’d never seen in all the months we’d been friends. And then he had the balls to tell me he LOVED me? What the fuck was that all about?

    I got out of the tub, pulled a towel off the counter, and started drying myself. And as I rubbed the towel over me, my mind became calm and I began to realize the truth.

    Connor was my friend. And we had some great times together, in bed and out. But love? No way.

    I knew that I loved someone. And she was upset and probably crying now because she thought I didn’t want her to be with me. But I did want her to be with me. Forever.

    Yeah, Connor was my friend. But from the first time he fucked me, I knew . . . I just knew . . . that it would never be the same.

    And as much as I appreciated all the things Connor did for me . . . the gifts . . . the caring . . . the sharing . . . I could never be in love with him like I was with Maria. Because I was who I was. And he was who he was.

    And between our two lives, there was no bridge.

    I wrapped the towel around me, carefully feeling my ass before I knotted it. It still hurt like hell and I knew it would be awhile before it would be back to normal. But back to normal it would eventually be.

    Just like my life.


    Epilogue


    It’s been 5 years since I walked out of the bathroom and sat down at my computer.

    I wrote Connor an e-mail and did the best I could to tell him it was over. I don’t remember the exact words, but it was clear enough for him to know that I would never see him again.

    I don’t think he liked it. But at least he left me alone.

    I know he and Jason eventually moved from Ohio down to Tampa, Florida. He still e-mails me from time to time, but I never respond. He often tells me how much he wishes we were still together.

    Maybe he does.

    But I laughed when I read his last e-mail. He mentioned that he had met another Latino guy at his gym and was “working on him”. I grinned and thought of the old saying, “A leopard does not change his spots.” That definitely applied to Connor!

    And me?

    Well . . . nothing special.

    I’m married now to Maria and we have a child. I’m very happy with my family, my job, and just living my life.

    Yes, I know what you are wondering . . .

    You want to know if I ever messed around with a guy again after Connor and Jason.

    And the answer is simple . . .

    No.

    Even though I enjoyed my experiences, I’ve decided I’m done with men.

    I admit that I get a bit nostalgic at times when I think about Connor and our close friendship and how it turned out. And I definitely remember the great sex!

    But that’s as far as it goes.

    I’m committed . . . to my wife . . . my child . . . and me.

    I will say though that the biggest thing I learned from my experiences is to not be afraid to live your life the way YOU want to live it.

    Regardless of what other people say. Regardless of what other people think. Live life for you.

    Every day.

    Every moment.

    Everything.

    Yes, I’m a straight man and I had sex with other men.

    But that doesn’t make me anything other than what I choose it to make me.

    Oh, I know people will think I’m “this” or I’m “that”. And they’ll label me “this” and “that”. And that’s fine with me.

    Because I know who I am.

    And they can be whoever they choose to be.

    We’re all human beings. And I think that pretty much says it all.

    I experienced something that opened me up to the beauty of life. In all its wild, strange, and crazy ways.

    And I learned that I am . . . who I am.

    How many people can truly say that about themselves?


    To get in touch with the author, send them an email.